Internationalenglish 2015 all

176

description

http://dustcontrol.com/wysiwyg/Internationalenglish_2015_all.pdf

Transcript of Internationalenglish 2015 all

Page 1: Internationalenglish 2015 all
Page 2: Internationalenglish 2015 all
Page 3: Internationalenglish 2015 all

IntroductionAbout Dustcontrol, Customers

Stationary Vacuum SystemsPlanning and Design of Extraction Systems,

Pneumatic Material Transportation

Vacuum ProducersTurbopumps, Radial Blowers

Filter UnitsS 11000/S 11000X/21000/32000/34000/34000X/46000

S 11000/21000/34000 EX, DC Hepa box

Compact Vacuum SystemsDC 11-Module, DC 3800 Stationary, DC Box

Pre SeparatorsDC F Mobile, DC F 2800, F 2500/3500/8000/11000/20000/30000

Discharge Arrangements, Containers

Tubing System

Work Station EquipmentCutter 108, Flap Valves, Outlets, Shutter Valves

Fume Extraction Arm, Flexpipe, Swingarms, Hose Reel

Control SystemsDC Green System

Mobile Dust ExtractorsSingle-Phase/Three-Phase Dust Extractors, DC 5900 Semi Mobile System, I-Line,

EX-Line, Compressed Air Driven Dust Extractors, DC 50-W/75-W, Air Cleaners

AccessoriesSuction Hoses, Connectors, Cleaning Accessories, Antistatic Accessories,

Welding Accessories, Suction Casings, Filters, Plastic Sacks

page 4 – 29

page 30 – 36

page 37 – 48

page 49 – 56

page 57 – 67

page 68 – 82

page 83 – 92

page 93 – 105

page 106 – 112

page 113 – 144

page 145 – 174

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

3

Contents

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Page 4: Internationalenglish 2015 all

About Dustcontrol

4

1About Dustcontrol

Page 5: Internationalenglish 2015 all

DUSTCONTROL IN BRIEF

Number of employees: approx. 140

Representation: US, Canada, Malaysia, Korea, UAE, India and Europe

Head offi ce and factory: Stockholm, Sweden

Founded: 1972

Owners: Family-owned

Business: Development, manufacture and sale of industrial dust extractors, construc-

tion dust extractors and centralised installa tions for source extraction of

dust, fi bers and fumes.

Dustcontrol – for cleaner production processes

”A Dustcontrol solution contributes to better health, a cleaner environment and a more effi cient production”

At Dustcontrol, we are not satisfi ed with just selling products. We manufacture and customize portable dust extractors and industrial extraction systems with very high levels of fi ltration to your requirements. We off er a complete service package, including accessories and spare parts, so you can trust we will be there to assist you as you focus on your core business. Our main goals are to help you achieve an effi cient production process, increase productivity, improve product quality and promote a safe working environment. Th e fact is that everything runs so much more smoothly when you avoid being stopped or disturbed by dust and other pollutants, not to mention the better air quality that is the result of professional dust extraction. In short, Dustcontrol supplies portable machines and stationary extraction systems to help companies all over the world to achieve better results. Our product range consists of portable dust extractors for industrial and construction use, fi xed extraction installations, peripheral equipment and accessories. Dustcontrol supplies a complete range of products and accessories for large and small companies in all types of industries. We also provide expert answers

to the question: how can you capture and extract diff erent kinds of particles and pollutants in the best possible way for your business?

More than 40 years of experienceDustcontrol was founded in 1972 on the basis of an idea for creating extraction systems to capture dust and other pollutants at the source. Today, Dustcontrol has developed into an international industrial supplier of tailor-made solutions. Dustcontrol supplies solutions that can be applied in a wide range of industries. For example, we supply advanced clean room solutions for the pharmaceutical and electronics industries, portable vacuum cleaners of all sizes for construction and rental companies, clean production workplaces for the automotive industry, and paper dust

extraction systems in major printing presses.

Technological competence you can trustYou can put your trust in Dustcontrol. Our sales organization consists of experienced technicians with

specialized skills within their areas of expertise. If you need a mobile solution, we will come to your site and show you how it works. If you need a stationary installation, we can design and dimension the entire system to fully match your needs. We can also take care of installation, commissioning, documentation and planning a service and maintenance schedule. We have our own team of qualifi ed installers with in-depth knowledge of our products. Dustcontrol works continuously to improve accessibility, service and technological support. Our project managers also train the personnel who work with our installed products and systems. Removing unwanted material at the source before it aff ects your production effi ciency or causes health problems is exactly the right thing to do. With a Dustcontrol solution, you can extract dust, chips, oil spills and other unhealthy substances at their source and transport them to where you want. Our machines also do the job at a very high level of fi ltration. All of our mobile machines are equipped with a fi ne fi lter and a HEPA fi lter that clean the exhausted air to 99.995%! Th e highly effi cient fi lters also have a long lifetime, which off ers low fi lter costs.

Please Note:

• Dustcontrol products are designed, engineered and manufactured in the met-

ric system. All raw materials used are metric guage. All threaded fasteners are

metric unless otherwise noted, for example, NPT pipe dimensions. For exact

dimensioning, the metric dimension is accurate. US dimensions are shown

for reference on the the portable products and are soft conversions, rounded

for example, to the nearest inch or pound. Capacity information on vacuum

producers and airfl ows are exact conversions.

• Capacity information for Dustcontrol portable dust extractors is measured at

the inlet to the unit with a clean fi lter, not the vacuum producer.

• Capacity information for stand-alone Dustcontrol vacuum producers is given

in standard air not inlet fl ow. You are not required to make any conversions to

standard air to make your vacuum producer selection.

• Dustcontrol always states fl ow capacity at a specifi ic vacuum level, again fl ow

capacities are in standard air.

• Some short forms are used in the technical data tables to save space such

as Q = Air Flow or rec’d = recommended. If you are not sure of the meaning,

please contact your Dustcontrol representative.

• If the engineering unit given is not one that is familiar to you, several diff erent

facilities exist on the internet for quick conversion. If you do not have access to

the internet, your Dustcontrol representative would be pleased to assist you.

• In the information tables for the portable units, you will fi nd recommen-

dations for maximum hose lengths. These are a guide only and are based

upon the specifi c unit’s performance and the laws of physics. A simple rule to

remember is that you should always get the unit as close to your work as pos-

sible, both for reasons of ergonomics and extraction performance. We realize

that the world is not perfect so we have units that develop extremely high

vacuum levels for those times when you cannot take it with you.

5

1

1

About Dustcontrol

Page 6: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Dustcontrol helps to ensure a cleaner – and thus a safer and more effi cient – production environment by extracting dust and particles and transporting the material to wherever you want.

Particles smaller than 5 thousandths of a millimetre, known as respirable dust, are invisible to the naked eye and penetrate into the deepest parts of the pulmonary system where the air moves very slowly. This makes it diffi cult to exhale the smallest particles. The foreign dust particles that get lodged in the lung are wrapped in nodes of connective tissue – which is the lungs’ way of protecting themselves.

In time this leads to pneumoconiosis or COPD, which stands for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease. Some types of particles, such as quartz and asbestos dust, cannot be broken down by the body and are sharp, which is why they go on causing damage even after they have become lodged in the lungs.

The best protection is achieved if the dust is removed at source and never allowed to reach the air. Dustcontrol has developed suction casings for most handheld and stationary machines, and often also produces tailor-made suction casings.

The smaller a particle is, the deeper into the pulmonary system it penetrates.

At Dustcontrol we strive to minimize the environmental impact of our products and services by:

• Adhering to current legislation and constantly improving our eff orts to minimize our impact on the environment.• Meeting our customer’s requirements for environmentally friendly products and services. • Prioritizing and maintaining a good understanding of environmental matters amongst our colleagues.• Minimizing waste and sorting waste by type for recycling.• Pursuing the most environmentally sound way to transport our products to our end users. • Evaluating our suppliers products and services and changing to environmentally friendly alternatives where practical. • Using environmentally friendly packaging • Minimizing the use of chemicals and changing to environmentally friendly alternatives where practical.

Environmental Policy - ISO 14001

Quality Policy- ISO 9001

Our quality policy is simple; it should exceed what our customers are expecting. Th is applies to the quality of our products and installations as well as the quality of our service. Our quality management system is ISO 9001 certifi ed. Customers can expect consistent quality in all of our products and services. ISO 9001 is a standardized quality system that is recognized and respected throughout the world.

6

1About Dustcontrol

Page 7: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Source extraction is the capture of pollutants as close to the point of generation as possible, for example, a suction casing on a grinder. Improve your working environment and avoid breathing hazardous particulate with a source extraction solution.

Source Extraction

Pre-separatorsFor applications where large quantities of material are generated and need to be collected, a separate pre-separator should be used.

7

1

1

About Dustcontrol

Page 8: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Reverse Pulse CleaningEff ective reverse pulse cleaning of fi lters in combination with a conical pleated cartridge design, results in compact units with very long fi lter life. All of Dustcontrol’s portable dust extractors utilize this eff ective reverse pulse cleaning system.

Dust ExtractorOur dust extractors consist of a fi lter unit and vacuum producer unitised on a common chassis. Selection is based on capacity required, sound level and collection method desired. Dust fi ltration is always according to the patented Dustcontrol cyclone separation with vortex tube and pleated cartridge fi lter.

8

1About Dustcontrol

Page 9: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Absolut Company is one of the world’s best selling international premium spirit brands and has used stationary vacuum systems from Dustcontrol since the late 80s. Th e fi rst stationary vacuum system was installed in their harbour warehouse to clean incoming containers. 10 years later they were looking into increasing the effi ciency by delegating the machine maintenance to the operators. At the time they believed in improving quality and effi ciency by increasing the operators commitment to keep everything well organized. But at the

same time keeping the machines and workplace spotless has to be relatively hassle-free. Here a Dustcontrol central system with hose reels at each workstation and diff erent nozzles attached at the wall minimises the time spent cleaning and putting everything back to place. Chances that something is not working is also minimised when everything is gathered in one place compared to the option of having

mobile vacuum cleaners at each workstation. Since they already had

The fi rst stationary vacuum system from the late 80s. It has been used fl awlessly ever since.

Absolut Company in Åhus, Sweden

Christer Johansson, Supervisor Engineering and Christer Lind, Project Technician at Absolut Company outside the new factory “Satelliten”. Here has Dustcontrol recently installed the new Dustcontrol DC Green system to optimise suction performance and save electricity costs.

”The goal was not just to buy a vacuum system, rather to get a well functioning machinery ”, Per Oxelgren, Manager Engineering at Absolut Company

a well functioning Dustcontrol central system installed, the decision to choose Dustcontrol was easy. “Th e simplicity makes you clean up after yourself. If you would have to go and pick up the equipment every time it would not get done”, says Christer Johansson, Supervisor Engineering at Absolut Spirits.

Dustcontrol vacuum producer with DC Green system.

9

1

1

CustomersCustomers

Page 10: Internationalenglish 2015 all

“Enthusiastic operators with greater responsibility have been a big part of our success” says Christer Johans-son, Supervisor Engineering at Absolut Company.

Production line operator Mikael Persson is vacuuming up broken glass. A bottle can break if the aluminium cap being pressed on is defect.

Cleaning is most important in preventive maintenance and facilitates troubleshooting, personal security and it reduces wear. “If you keep the place clean extra work is not needed. It has to be done continuously and then a stationary vacuum system is the best option. It is also fun for the engineers to work with a machine when everything is clean and well run”, says Per Oxelgren, Engineering Manager at Absolut Company.

Th ey clean for about 15 minutes at the end of every shift and sometimes during production. If for example a bottle breaks they have to turn off the production line and then time is valuable to get everything cleaned up to be able to turn on the machines again. “You have to vacuum to minimise stops in the production line”, says Christer Lind, Project Technician at Absolut Company.

Dustcontrol hose reels installed at each workstation.

10

1Customers

Page 11: Internationalenglish 2015 all

– Minimizing airborne dust gives major health and safety

benefi ts

– Increased productivity with no waiting for dust to clear

– Clean up the messy jobs and do them on regular time

– Safer work conditions with no dust to restrict operators vision

– Ideal for sensitive environments, for example schools, shops,

hospitals and I.T.

– Keep all trades working, co-workers not interrupted by dust

– Reduced set-up, hoarding of work areas and clean up

– Greater customer satisfaction with minimal disruption

– Ease of use and increased life of power tools and equipment

All dust on construction sites is a health hazard in the long run. Some types of dust are also hazardous following only short exposure. Today’s construction industry requires skilled and committed staff . Choosing to work in construction should not mean choosing to risk your health. Th erefore, measures to minimize dust concent rations on construction sites ought to be a matter of course.

Control measures do exist. By equipping all tools with suction casings and connec-ting them to effi cient dust extractors, dust concentrations can be reduced - considerably. Th e suction casing captures the dust before it is released into the air, the air that all trades breathe daily.

Vacuuming with a highly effi cient dust extrac-tor, equipped with HEPA fi lters to prevent dust release, will improve the cleaning ope-ration. If you sweep the dust, it will whirl up once more. Consider the fact that it is exactly this airborne respirable dust that is hazardous to your health!

Capture Dust with Source Extraction

Construction

11

1

1

Customers

Page 12: Internationalenglish 2015 all

12

1

Page 13: Internationalenglish 2015 all

13

1

1

Page 14: Internationalenglish 2015 all

JM has undertaken a large construction project and have chosen to rent a semi-mobile system and a few portable units from Cramo, a construction equipment rental company. Th e semi-mobile system consists of a central unit, pre-separator, and a pipe system. Th e modular parts of the semi-mobile system are designed for easy assembly and dismantling.

“Our biggest environmental problem is all the dust that is created during drywall sanding and concrete grinding. With Dustcontrol’s construction dust extractors we reduce the problem.”, says the JM, project manager. He adds: “Everything is vacuumed up, not only dust but also nails, screws, drywall chunks and other waste”.

Profi tability in a construction project depends on the right tools, materials and working methods. It may sound obvious, but in practice you need experience, knowledge and planning.Renting or investing in a high quality dust extractor system is well worth the initial cost. Long-term health benefi ts, motivated employees and increased effi ciency are the payoff s.

“It ought to be obvious to strive to minimize dust on the site.”, says the site super at JM. ”One of my tasks is to maintain a good working environment for my employees and the trades.

He continues:“It is important to monitor the working environment. Not all people in the construction industry can work into old age without any health problems. As the site superintendant, it is my duty to make sure we have the right tools”.

Large quantities of material can be transported away by the suction system. By putting suction casings on all machines and connecting them to Dustcontrol extractors, the dust level in the air is being reduced to a minimum. For dry concrete grinding machines, source extraction is practically a must since a huge amount of dust is generated.JM uses Dustcontrol’s Semi-Mobile System and a few portable units. Th e choice was very simple – they wanted an eff ective, robust and reliable system. On the fi rst fl oor you fi nd a pre-separator, which collects the coarse material. Th e pre-separator is designed like a wheelbarrow, which makes it easy to empty. Dustcontrol’s semi-mobile system with a wheelbarrow pre-separator is a proven and widely accepted solution.

”At Dustcontrol there is a continuous development of their products – it is very positive”, says Jonas Nykvist.

Th e suction source is the DC 5800c, 9.2 kW, which is located in the basement. When the work is fi nished in one bulding, you just move the whole system to another . It’s very easy to handle and very fl exible.

JM Construction Company ”Everything is vacuumed up, not only dustDust extraction is about quality both in construction activity as well as in life. JM is a leading developer of residential areas and housing in the Nordic region. Operations focus on production of new housing developments and single family dwellings. The main focus is on expanding metropolitan areas and densifi cation in university towns. JM has about 2 200 employees.

”Dustcontrol’s products are reliable with long product life”, says Bert Anderson, team supervisor at the construction site

Jonas Nykvist, site superintendant at JM:

”It is my duty to make sure we have the right tools”

14

1Customers

Page 15: Internationalenglish 2015 all

The centralised extraction system, named the DC Big Vac is a great new solution to customer requirements.

The DC Big Vac can be used as a portable system. This means that the container can be docked to a temporary

or permanent piping system and can easily be moved between construction sites. This was one of the reasons

why Skanska AB decided to contact Dustcontrol to solve their dust problems.

”It is convenient to avoid having machines on each fl oor” Ronny Johansson Team Manager at Skanska AB says. Th e central dust collection system is used by Skanska AB for cleaning and to extract sawdust when sawing. ”It is intended that all should clean after themselves and then the central vacuum cleaner makes it much more easy to do so” Ronny says. In an article from, Skanska Focus no 4 October 2009, Ronny says that he only sees the benefi ts and recommend other construction sites to invest in a central extraction system. ”It is not only convenient, but it is also more effi cient than conventional mobile vacuum machines” Ronny says.

Th e suction source in the container, a TPD 30 11 kW, has been supplemented with the DC Green System, i.e. the suction source is demand controlled. In saving mode, when no outlets are used, the power consumption is approx. 10 % of max and energy consumption is limited. Th is contributes to fi nancial savings and is more reliable because micro switches are not required.

Stefan Ohlsson, a salesman at Dustcontrol AB adds ”Th e choice for Skanska to complement the DC Big Vac with the DC Green System was primarily because they want to avoid the hassles of electric installations including micro-switches. Additionally Skanska will also get a convenient installation with automatic fi lter cleaning”.

Th e DC Big Vac is also equipped with an S 11000 fi lter unit. To this an F 11000 pre-separator is supplemented to remove the larger particles and to reduce the workload of the fi lter. Due to the fact that there is no access to compressed air on the construction site, a compressor has been installed to generate air for the automatic fi lter cleaning.

Invest in a Stationary Extraction System

Skanska AB

15

1

1

Customers

Page 16: Internationalenglish 2015 all

RenovationClean house - dust free for a safe living environment!

Arnie Jorgensen’s company has landed the contract for plumbing alteration and reconditioning of bathrooms and kitchens in a large number of suburban residential apartments.

Th e company is working with a semi-mobile dust collector system to further reduce their environmental impact. Th is extraction system can be used directly on tools throughout the processes of fl oor breaking and fl oor grinding and also for general vacuum cleaning. Th e DC AirCube is used at the same time to complement the on-tool dust extraction.During the entire refurbishment period, the tenants can stay in a dust free environment.Th e clean up process is easier and quicker and therefore saves money for the company. Th e DC 5900a PTFE can be used as the central unit and located in a convenient position out of the way, such as in the basement.

A hose is taken from the vacuum producer, up through the stairwell. On each fl oor there is a connection point to plug in the hose for the fl oor grinder, scaling hammer or vacuum cleaning tool. Dustcontrol’s rubber suction casing is used on the scaling hammer.

A vacuum relief valve is included to allow air into the system when all working points are closed. Th e dust is collected directly at the source and conveyed by the hose system to the central dust extractor. Th e smallest and most dangerous dust particles are collected in the fi lter system of the central dust extractor.

Hilti 905 breaker with a suction casing from Dustcontrol.

Hand grinder with a suction casing and the air cleaner DC AirCube as back-up.

DC 5800a PTFE central unit in a semi-mobile system.

You can connect to the central extraction system on every fl oor.

16

1Customers

Page 17: Internationalenglish 2015 all

A temporary piping system.

17

1

1

Customers

Page 18: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Xylem is a global concern with over over 45 000 employees worldwide. Xylem is a leading producer of submersible pumps and mixers. Th e Xylem plant at Emmaboda has approximately 1 600 employees and produced 99 000 pumps in 2006.

Dustcontrol has installed 18 stationary vacuum systems at Xylem’s production facility. Th e systems are fully monitored by computers and the extraction level is adjusted on demand to save energy. For example, if someone forgets to turn off the system, an alarm will alert the service technician. Furthermore, to save energy, the air from the vacuum system is recirculated back into the facility in the winter to reduce heating costs.

Dustcontrol has installed 18 stationary vacuum systems at Xylem’s in Emmaboda, Sweden

John Peterson is responsible for service work on Xylem’s vacuum and ventilation systems. He has installed Dustcontrol’s new rubber tubing system components on the most demanding applications. Th e durability is longer than he expected and now he wants to install more rubber components from Dustcontrol.

”Dustcontrol’s modular parts are high quality and easy to install and service” says John.

Changing the collection bag on a pre-separator.

Clean air from the central unit is recirculated to the facility in the winter to reduce heating costs.

Xylem

18

1Customers

Page 19: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Dustcontrol’s long wearing tubing componentsNow it is proven! Dustcontrol’s new long-wearing EPDM tubing system can handle even the worst wear. After a 7 month intensive test at Xylem, there was no signifi cant wear to be found. Th anks to an internal anterior radial ridge in the bend, the wear is distributed over a larger area and the new EPDM material has good sound dampening properties.

Source extraction from hand held tools:”It’s very eff ective. Plastic, paint, and gases disappear into the hose.” Dustcontrol has a lot of experience in source extraction and at Xylem we have equipped our hand held tools, such as cable peeling tools, with suction casings to collect hazardous gases and scrap materials.

Source extraction from CNC machines: A Dustcontrol pre-separator is used to separate the lubricant from the metal chip. ”The lubricant is returned to the sump and re-used. The mixed scrap is sent off site for recycling while the pure metals are put back in the process in our own foundry.”

It is important to clean the threads of the fi nished parts before proceeding to the next step in the production process.

Small tipping container used as a buff er and collection point.

Peristaltic airlock. The large roll-off format containers outside are shunted around by truck without having to stop the automated production process. The material is recycled.

Xylem mainly use Dustcontrol systems for:

• Source extraction

• Cleaning

• Material transport

Material TransportIn the foundry, new parts are sand blasted. Th is is a fully automated process. Spent sand and fl ash are collected in a small container, vacuumed to the top fl oor and then transported through a peristalic airlock down to large containers outside. Th is is a tough application since the process operates 24/7. Th e tubing system has special reinforced components to withstand the sand and metal that blasts through the tubing at approximately 4000 fpm/20 m/s.

19

1

1

Customers

Page 20: Internationalenglish 2015 all

In the pharmaceutical industry, as in electronics manufacturing, it is necessary to protect products from what is commonly called particle conta mination.Within the pharmaceutical industry this is important for several reasons. Even particulate that is invisible to the naked eye can carry bacteria. Th is can impair the transparency of liquids or block capillaries.Th e solution is to allow the sensitive parts of manufacturing to take place in special environments cleaned of airborne particulate. Th ese clean rooms are graded into diff erent cleanliness classes, depending on the manufacturing requirements.

Time for DustcontrolTh e clean room needs an effi cient and reliable system for collecting and removing dust and other particulate. Just the presence of a human being in a clean room is enough to free microscopic particulate.Dustcontrol has many years of experience in manufacturing systems built to the high standards required in these clean room environments. Th e systems are based on proven techniques including source extraction and can be entirely customized according to the client´s specifi cations.

Airborne particlesAirborne particulate can be microscopic and still carry bacteria. Working in a clean room necessitates special equipment, which has to be antistatic and must not release dust particles.

Pharmaceutical industry

Complete accessory rangeDustcontrol off ers a complete range of diff erent cleaning equipment, hoses, connections, and nozzles, which can easily be connected to the system, both in the clean room and other locations.

20

1Customers

Page 21: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Orion Pharma, a publicly listed company, develops, manufactures and markets pharmaceuticals, active pharmaceutical ingredients and provides diagnostic testing for global customers.

Orion’s clientele consists of healthcare service providers and professionals, such as doctors, pharmacies, hospitals, healthcare centers, clinics and laboratories. In the pharmaceutical industry there is a high level of cleanliness required on both surfaces and in the air.

Orion-Pharma“We need eff ective extraction systems to ensure quality and capacity in production as well as protecting our employee’s health. We use Dustcontrol’s system mainly due to their excellent characteristics. Th e solutions from Dustcontrol are eff ective, dependable and long-lasting, which provides a superior total economic solution. Th e Customer Service at Dustcontrol is also something we as customers, have appreciated” says Ari Urpinen, operation technician.

Ari Urpinen, operation technician:

”We need to ensure the worker´s health”

21

1

1

Customers

Page 22: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Aerospace and Composite

Fortunately there are effi cient solutions to the problemWith over 40 years of experience, Dustcontrol off ers a unique know-how about source extraction that collects, fi lters and removes the off ending particulate. With source extraction, the dust is captured where it is created. Th e result is a cleaner working environment and in many cases, increased product quality because of lower contamination in production.

The right extraction system contri-butes to health and effi ciency• Improved health through lower composite dust levels in the plant

air.• Safer working conditions and increased productivity by improving

the operator’s visibility.• Increased productivity, fewer disturbances of adjacent activities.• Greater fl exibility,eliminates the need for dedicated grinding rooms.• Longer life for tools and electronic equipment.• Reduced time and costs for cleaning.• Fewer disturbances due to dust in computers and CNC machines.

Composites have many unique qualities and are used in an increasing number of industries including automotive, marine, aviation and wind turbine. Th is increased use of composites and exotic materials has resulted in problems for personnel as well as production itself.

Signifi cant health risks“Composite dust makes you itch just by looking at it” – but the problem is greater than that. Composite dust is a very low density and stays in the air for a long time. It penetrates into the trachea and lungs and promotes allergies, asthma and respiratory ailments. OSHA and the EU mandate limits on how much airborne dust is permitted within the operator’s breathing zone. Th e World Health Organization has classifi ed glass fi ber and other special fi bers as possible carcinogens.

Disturbances in electronics increase costsIn addition to the negative consequences for health, composite dust accumulates and causes disturbances in computers and other production equipment. Visibility for the operators decreases in many working situations and in most companies the cost for cleaning composite dust has increased.

22

1Customers

Page 23: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Five fi xed systems from Dustcontrol are installed in Nautor Swan’s factory. Dustcontrol’s products are used mainly for cleaning but also for grinding with hand held power tools with suction casings. Seven outlets can be used simultaneously on each system.Th e Dustcontrol installation includes a RAF 2503, S 34000, F 20000 and a tipping container.

Nautor Swan, Manufacturer of ocean yachts in Pietarsaari, Finland

“We are very satisfi ed, that’s why we’ve ordered pro-ducts from Dustcontrol ever since 1988. The best thing about Dustcontrol is the reliability. The systems haven’t had any problems and the fi rst stationary system that we installed in 1988 is still in use.”

Bengt Nyström, Nautor Swan

23

1

1

Customers

Page 24: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Very strict environmental requirements prompted Airbus to choose the advanced technical solutions from Dustcontrol for their German production facility outside Hamburg.

Th e vacuum systems are designed for continuous operation. Th e systems included complete installation of pneumatic, mechanical and control systems. Special emphasis was put on explosion relief equipped systems. Th ree of the four installations incorporate explosion relief and have been designed for use with dusts having a Kst value of <180.

In addition to off ering a dustless environment for such tasks as drilling, sanding and grinding, the extraction systems are used for cleaning tasks and extraction of residue materials during riveting and gluing. Also sealant materials and chromium residual products are captured. Th e materials that are extracted are aluminum, GLARE (glass reinforced fi ber metal laminate), carbon fi ber, fi berglass, epoxy, polyester, aluminum alloys and titanium.

Airbus Industries

Dustcontrol was entrusted with supplying four stationary systems with suction casings. This German order was valued at over $1 million.

24

1Customers

Page 25: Internationalenglish 2015 all

25

1

1

Page 26: Internationalenglish 2015 all

A real problem in the working environment of printing presses is the paper dust and strips of paper scrap created during the printing process. Th e whirling dust is both unhealthy for the personel and problematic for the process and process equipment. By equipping the presses with extraction points consisting of a number of suction casings specially designed for the machines, the dust problem can be eliminated. A number of cleaning points can also be connected to the source extraction system. Th e Dustcontrol system can also be used as a separate “blowing system” to make the paper “fl ow” over the turning rolls.

Dust: Small but devastatingDust and fi bres adversely aff ect the quality and profi tability of the newspaper. Dustcontrol solutions improve the production process with source extraction for slitters, folders and cleaning operations.

It’s only physicsDustcontrol has provided solutions to countries worldwide and met the high standards required by the printing press market. Th e solutions are relativiely simple as we follow the laws of physics to guide our design. Experience and skill enable Dustcontrol to customize the system to meet the specifi cations and requirements for each installation.

Printing

26

1Customers

Page 27: Internationalenglish 2015 all

A central system delivered by Dustcontrol takes care of the internal environment, mainly cleaning around the furnaces. Activated carbon is also transported and fi ltered by the system. Austria is known as a forerunner when it comes to environmental issues with strict environmental legislation and tough regulations. With modern techniques, two incineration plants have been completed as a step towards improving the environment.

TBA Arnoldstein Incineration Plant

Dustcontrol has actively contributed to improving the plant environment of this facility by introducing a central vacuum system. It’s a comprehensive system including 2600’/800 m of tubing, a total of 30 hp/22 kW of power and 64 outlet/connection points. Th e installation is designed and installed to comply with the European ATEX directive to minimize the risk of dust explosion.

TBA Arnoldstein is a modern incineration facility in Kärnten near the border to Italy and Slovenia. TBA Arnoldstein incinerates 10.7 tons of garbage every hour resulting in 80 000 tons of waste per year.

Kärtner Restmüllverwertungs GmbH.

27

1

1

Customers

Page 28: Internationalenglish 2015 all

You might think that fl our is a relatively harmless material compared to asbestos or silica. Recent research has shown however, that fl our is unhealthy for our tracheas. Today we have TLV’s and STEL’s for many diff erent types of dust created from materials in the working environment, including fl our. Using our experience in source extraction in hazardous environments, we also design systems for bakeries.

A suction nozzle is placed at each area where fl our is used. In that way the pollution is captured directly at the source instead of going into the air. All equipment and fi xtures are frequently cleaned of fl our and dust with highly effi cient vacuum cleaning accessories.

Th e result is a cleaner and healthier working environment. Investing in a system from Dustcontrol does not necessarily mean large fans and heavy fi lter units. Th e bakery shown here uses a stationary unit with a 4 hp/2.5 kW turbo pump, a footprint of 30” x 16”/76 x 40 cm and a height of 5’/150 cm. It´s a compact machine, packed with features.

”A small central system from Dustcontrol is compact, unobtrusive and most importantly, eff ective.”

Bakery

28

1 Customers

Page 29: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Delselius BakeryJan Delselius is the owner of Delsilius Bakery and Café. A small business with a friendly atmosphere.Th ey use a DC Aircube and a DC 3800c stationary system to control the dust.

Jan Delselius.

“ It’s perfect, it works very well. You notice a big diff erence in the air. The DC AirCube is on timer. When you show up in the morning the air is clean and fresh. It is also easier to keep the work place clean. We had a lot of problems with fl our dust before. Now things are totally diff erent. I think everyone notices that, especially those who suff er from allergies”, says Jan Delselius.

29

1

1

Customers

Page 30: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Stationary Vacuum Systems

30

2Stationary Vacuum Systems

Page 31: Internationalenglish 2015 all

About Stationary Vacuum SystemsSubstantial savings can be realized by installing a Dustontrol system.Following are some example installations;• All grinders and fi nishing tools in an FRP production facility are

equipped with suction casings and connected to a central extraction system. Capture of the dust at source contributes to an improved working environment, higher productivity - shorter clean-up, cleaner process and improved product quality.

• Cleaning of saws, mills, lathes and other process machines with a centralized system. More effi cient production, cleaner machines, faster production, effi cient lubrication use and a higher return on prompt scrap through more eff ective collection. Your people spend less time on tasks that do not add to the bottom lne

• Extraction of chips and lube directly at the source: Cleaner parts thoughout the production process, and a cleaner environment on the shop fl oor. Cleaner machines mean better functioning lube systems,

better function means cooler running tools. Cooler tools mean better parts and longer tool life.

• Fume extraction with extraction integrated welding guns.Reduced exposure to fume, healthier welders, higher productivity.

• Vacuum cleaning systems and air cleaning equipment in bakeries reduces airborne fl our dust that is dangerous to health and can cause asthma: Th e health and safety regulations are met and at the same time the workplace environment and overall effi ciency is improved. Fewer health problems from employees will aff ect insurance rates positively.

• Extraction/vacuum systems in pharmaceutical production for source extration in the process and for cleaning of production machinery and areas. To eliminate hazardous dusts generated during pharmaceutical production is a must from a health perspective as well as a product quality issue.

31

2

2

Stationary Vacuum Systems

Page 32: Internationalenglish 2015 all

1

3

2 8

5

6

74

1. Complete Extraction System.2. Vacuum Producer.3. Filter Unit.

4. Pre-Separators.5. Installed Tubing System.6. Work Place Equipment.

7. Cleaning Accessories and Suction Casings.8. Main System Control.

32

2Stationary Vacuum Systems

Page 33: Internationalenglish 2015 all

1 IntroductionTo attain the desired effi ciency and benefi ts with an extraction system, the system must be complete; from the suction casing to the vacuum producer to the control system. All the components of the system are equally important in implementing its functionality.

2 Vacuum ProducersTh e vacuum producer is the heart of the system. Here the vacuum is created that drives the system. In Dustcontrol extraction systems, the vacuum level is gene rally from 6–40 kPa.Our normal source extraction and vacuum cleaning systems use turbo-pumps. Th is device has an ideally suited characteristic capacity for this type of system. Vacuum level increases as more resistance is pre sented, an important quality in minimizing the possibility of blockages in the tubing system. For applications involving fume and light dust, such as paper, radial blowers are used. Th ese have larger air-fl ows and operate at a lower, relatively constant vacuum level.Our turbopumps and radial blowers have very high quality built-in silencing, see technical speci fi cations.

3 Filter UnitsAn extraction system should always be equipped with a fi lter unit. Dustcontrol fi lter units separate coarse material in the cyclone body of the unit and fi ne dust in an internal arrangement of conical pleated cartridge fi lters. Pleated fi lters have very high fi lter areas in relation to their physical size. Th e fi lter units therefore have high capacity while maintaining compact overall dimensions. Filters are cleaned with reverse pulse which results in very eff ective cleaning, long fi lter life and low maintenance.Normally the fi lter units are equipped with a plastic sack for collection of the extracted material but other types of discharge arrangements can also be installed.

4 Pre-SeparatorsPre-separators can be used in all applications where the extracted material is coarse or voluminous. Th ese can be placed in the actual workplace for separate handling or recovery of the extracted material, or centrally.Pre-separators separate material from the air fl ow using cyclonic action or with inertial separation. Inertial separators are generally confi gured as containers with the inlet and outlet in the same wall of the container. When the air fl ow changes direction abruptly, separation occurs for the particles with higher relative mass. When pre-separation is used to accommodate higher material volumes it is also important to consider the type of material discharge to be used. Dustcontrol off ers a range of diff erent standard options including; screw compaction, airlocks or container collection.

5 Tubing SystemTh e tubing system transports the material from the point of collection to the central unit. Dust is generally abrasive, some more than others,

The Complete System therefore the standard material thickness of the tubing system is 1.5 mm. Applications with fume and light dust use reinforced spiral duct. Stainless tubing systems and extra abrasion resistant fi ttings are available.Dustcontrol has a very compre hensive assortment of tubing fi ttings and installation hardware. Th is gives greater fl exibility in design and installation of our tubing systems. Our mechanical jointing system makes alterations and additions very easy to carry out. Cones, branch pipes and bends are manufactured in EPDM- and NBR- rubber. Th e components are hard-wearing and sound deadening.

6 Work Place EquipmentAn extraction system is sized for only those outlets which are to be used simultaneously. Th is is in order to maximize effi ciency and minimize the size of the central unit. All outlets must have some type of closure, either a fl ap valve or shutter. Th ese can be manually actuated, such as fl ap valves or manual shutter valves, or automatically controlled for actuation only when extraction is required.Th e Flexpipe can be used for fume extraction, high fl exibility and small diameter allow it to be placed very close to the fume source.Overhead suspension arrangements such as swing-arms and hose reels can increase the usefulness of the system, increase ergonomics and minimize potential trip hazards from hose left on the fl oor.When large volumes of material are to be introduced into the system, stainless fl oor funnels can be used from which the material is then extracted.

7 AccessoriesA hose must have many qualities, the foremost for the operator however is fl exibility. It should also be tough enough to withstand the abrasion created when transporting the extracted material. Hose selection should include consideration of abrasion, chemical and heat resistance as well as conductivity to static electricity. Dustcontrol has a comprehensive assortment of hose types, diameters and hose connections.Cleaning tools, suction casings and special nozzles are those compo-nents that are actually used to cap ture the dust. Th e design and eff ective ness of these will determine the effi ciency and acceptance of the entire system. Th is demands a varied and comp lete assortment of specially designed products. Dustcontrol has that. If a standard pro-duct does not exist, we have the capacity to design and manufacture it.

8 Control SystemsMotor starters and System Control Panels control the operation of the system, both operation of the vacuum producers and cleaning of the fi lter. A variety of other control functions can be installed as required. Even with a rather basic control system, intelligent features can be included to clear coarse material in the main tubing runs or control vacuum production and therefore energy consumption according to actual requirements.

33

2

2

Stationary Vacuum Systems

Page 34: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Planning and Design of Extraction SystemsTh e following points must be considered and a clear defi nition must be developed before design of the system can be undertaken.

• Determine the function of the system – source extraction, cleaning or pneumatic transportation. In many cases it can be wise to equip the system for diff erent functions apart from the main function of the system, for example; cleaning.

• Choose the outlet confi guration. Determine for each outlet the type of extraction equipment required as well as the type of closure ( automatic or manual ). To determine this, a detailed study of the types of activities in each work place must be undertaken.Determine the number of outlets in simultaneous use. Th e system will be designed for a maximum number of users at any point in time. In larger systems, the number of simultaneous users in diff erent parts of the system should be determined.

• Decide the routing of the tubing runs and location of the central unit. Consider the degree of diffi culty for installation; ceiling height, wall and roof perforations, moving equipment into place, etc.

• Consider the type of material to be extracted, the degree of abrasion, risk for explosion and risk for clogging, etc.

• Determine the volume of material to be collected per unit time. Select the type of pre-separator and type of material handling for collected material. Material discharge etc, must be determined according to the customer requirement.

• Select the type of control system to be used, for example; programmable start – stop or work place start - stop.

• Determine electrical and compressed air supply requirements for the system. Indicate location of the requirement and assign responsibility for the supply and installation.

Tube SizingTh e tube dimensions are selected on the basis of maintaining the correct transportation velocity in all parts of the tubing system. It is necessary not only to consider the velocity in the main runs but also in all the branches of the tubing system. Th e tube diameter should be selected so that a velocity of > 20 m/s is maintained for particle transportation – for fume, a lower velocity of > 12 m/s is used.

As an exception in normal systems, we recommend that the smallest tube diameter be 76 mm, even if the minimum transportation velocity recommended is not maintained.

System DesignAlways try to maintain a star confi gu ration for the tubing system where the main runs are of more or less equal length leading to the central unit in the middle.A balancing of the system must be done to ensure that air-fl ows are suffi cient for proper extraction at all points in the system and that transportation velocities are maintained.In a system for fume extraction, a large main duct can distribute the system’s capacity. Any combination of outlets can be used. Conversely, in a system for the pneumatic transportation of heavy material, the transportation velocity must be maintained. In these systems, one open outlet per tubing run is the norm (usually 76 mm).

Typical tubing confi guration for heavy cleaning and material transportation

Turbopump

Pre-separator

Note: Only one outlet per pipe run can be used at the same time.

Typical tubing confi guration for light dust and fume

Turbopump or Radial Blower

Filter Unit

34

2Stationary Vacuum Systems

Page 35: Internationalenglish 2015 all

AB

C

D1 D2 D3

E F G

Ø50

Ø38Ø32Ø25

kPa/m p

2,5

2,0

1,5

1,0

0,5

0Q

kPa p

3

2

1

0

8 m6 m4,5 m3,5 m2,5 m

0 100 200 300 400 m3/h

0 100 200 300 400 m3/h

kPa/m p

0, 3

0, 2

0, 1

0 0 400 800 1200 1600 m3/h

Ø76

B

C

Ø50

Ø108Ø100

D

Q

Ø125

Q

3xØ76

1xØ160

2xØ108

3xØ108

2xØ160

1xØ250

3xØ160

2xØ108

3xØ76

1xØ160

3xØ108

2xØ160

1xØ250

3xØ160

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 m3/h

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 m3/h

kPa p5

4

3

2

1

0

kPa p6050403020100

10

20

30kW P

50 Hz, 60 Hz14

16

12

910

11 13

15

1214

16

9 10 11 13 15

kPa p5

4

3

2

1

0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 m3/h

Th e system’s capacity is determined by the worst case – usually the maximum number of users with the highest air-fl ow collectively. If you are unable to determine which scenario gives the highest pressure loss, several calculations may need to be performed.

Design fl ows in m3/h given for outlets in use simultaneously. Pressure loss is calculated from the outlet at the lower left.

Pressure Loss, Suction Hoses

Pressure Loss, Swingarms

Pressur Loss, Tubing

Pressure Loss, F 20000 and F 30000

Pressure Loss, S 32000, S 34000, S 34000X

Turbopumps

System Part Q Calculation p

A Suction Casing, hand-held Tool 200 m3/h p = 3.5 kPa 3.5 kPa B Hose Ø 38x3m 200 m3/h p = 1.2 kPa/m x 3 m = 3.6 kPa 3.6 kPa C Swingarm 4.5 m 200 m3/h p = 0.7 kPa 0.7 kPa D1 Tubing Ø 76 x 10 m + bends (bend is counted as 2 m) 200 m3/h p = 0.02 kPa/m x (10 + 4) m 0.28 kPa D2 Tubing Ø 108x15 m 750 m3/h p = 0.06 kPa/m x 15 m 0.9 kPa D3 Tubing Ø 159x25 m + 4 bends 1350 m3/h p = 0.02 kPa/m x (25 + 8) m 0.7 kPa E Pre Separator, F 20000 1350 m3/h inlet Ø 160: p = 1.1 kPa 1.1 kPa F Filter Unit, S 32000 1350 m3/h inlet Ø 160: p = 1.8 kPa 1.8 kPa Total pressure loss 12.6 kPa With safety factor 10% p = 12.6 kPa x 1.1 = 13.9 13.9 kPa

Design capacity: 1350 m³/h @ 13.9 kPaVacuum Producer Selection: TPR 50, 30 kW

Dimensioning

35

2

2

Stationary Vacuum Systems

Page 36: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Pressure loss calculations for this type of system are infl uenced by a number of diff erent factors and exact calculations can be very complex. In general, the following calculation can be used. With material loadings greater than 1:1 (= 1,2 kg material per m³ air), a practical test should always be done. Calculate the pressure loss for clean air from the extraction point to the pre-separator according to the calculation on the previous page. Calculate the added pressure loss that the transported material will result in according to the following:pmaterial=p0x m1/(Q x 1,2) (kPa)where Q is air-fl ow in m³/hm1 is material fl ow in kg/h Calculate then the pressure loss for the remaining system (pre-separator to vacuum producer). Add this value together with the pressure loss value from the previous calcu lation. Add the safety factor to the sum of these.

Pneumatic Material TransportationTo transport larger volumes of coarse dust or other material requires a series of special considerations to minimise the possibility of clogs in the tubing system or problems discharging collected material. Analyse both the type and volume of material according to the following considerations:

1. Material Volume• Average volume litre/hour ..............................................................

• Max. volume litre/hour ..................................................................

2. Material Characteristics ..............................................................

• Description of material ...................................................................

...........................................................................................................

• Material created by ........................................................................

.....................................................................................................

• Particle size distribution .................................................................

...........................................................................................................

• Bulk density ...................................................................................

• Max. moisture content ....................................................................

• Hygroscopic material? ....................................................................

• Chemically aggressive material? ......................................................

• Explosible material ......................................................................... 3. Abrasion and Clogging• Abrasive material ............................................................................

• Bridging ........................................................................................ o

Test with a paper cone for the included angle that facilitates free fl owing of the material.

4. Operating Conditions

• System in operation ...................................................... hours/day

• Filter cleaning a) after shut down ........................................................................

b) during operation .......................................................................

• material to be introduced into system with ......................................

........................................................................................................... ( suction lance, fl oor funnel, etc. )

• transport distance ....................................................................... m

• number of bends ...................................................................... pcs

• Th e system should be designed for transportation velocities from 20 – 25 m/s. Higher velocities result in increased wear. Ensure minimum transportation velocity is main tained in the tubing system (only one outlet in use per run).

• Select tools and accessories which allow suffi cient transport air into the system.

• Minimize the number of 90° bends. Never install two 90° bends closer together that 25 times the tube diameter.

• Select horizontal or vertical tubing runs. Avoid sloping runs where material ”corning” may occur. In sloping runs material will have a tendency to precipitate and run down against the direction of fl ow in the bottom of the tube.

• Select, hose, tubing and separator with consideration to abrasion.• Select material discharge with consideration to the consistency and

volume of material to be discharged.• Plan emptying intervals and routines (plastic bag or container).

Example:Suction Lance 2 kPaHose 8 kPaTubing 3 kPaSum 13 kPaAir-fl ow 350 m3/hMaterial fl ow 100 kg/hAdded pressure loss from material p= 13 x 100/(350 x 1.2) = 3 kPaPre-separator 2 kPaFilter unit 2 kPaSum 4 kPaSum tot 13+3+4=20 kPa Safety factor 10% =>Required negative pressure = 22 kPa

Pressure Loss Calculation in a Material Transport System

Confi guration of Extraction Systems for Material Transportation

36

2Stationary Vacuum Systems

Page 37: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Vacuum Producers

37

3

3

Vacuum Producers

Page 38: Internationalenglish 2015 all

About Vacuum ProducersThe heart of the systemTh e vacuum producer is the heart of the system. Here the negative pressure is created that drives the system. In Dustcontrol extraction systems, the vacuum level is gene rally from 6 – 40 kPa.

Our normal source extraction and vacuum cleaning systems use turbo-pumps. Th is device has an ideally suited characteristic capacity for this type of system. Vacuum level increases as more resistance is pre sented, an important quality in minimizing the possibility of blockages in the tubing system. For applications involving fume and light dust, such as paper, radial blowers are used. Th ese have larger air-fl ows and operate at a lower, relatively constant, vacuum level. Our turbopumps and radial blowers have very high quality silencing, see technical speci fi cations.

TurbopumpsDustcontrol’s turbopumps are regener ative blowers, both the direct and belt driven models. As the impeller rotates, centrifugal force moves the air from the root of the blade to the tip. Leaving the tip, air fl ows around the contour of the housing and is picked up at the root of the succeeding blade. Th e ”closed” area of the housing between the outlet and inlet, forces the air to atmosphere. Th e many blades on the impeller create increasing stages of pressure generation and result in

a very stable pressure diff erential capability. Th is pressure generation causes heat to be generated naturally which dissipates in the air fl ow and through the blower housing. Silencing, particularly on the larger units is very eff ective.When two or more units are installed in parallel, they can be operated on demand for maximum effi ciency and minimum energy consumption.

Radial BlowersDustcontrol fans are radial blowers, air is introduced at the center of the fan wheel and forced outward with centrifugal force toward the fan housing. Th ese fans can be operated fully restricted in a ”free-wheel ing” condition without adverse eff ect and can therefore be operated without vacuum relief valves. Th e fans are designed for pressure and are over-loading type units. Th ey cannot be operated without being connected to the restriction of a tubing system. Operation above their maximum rated fl ow will result in overloading and the motor protection will trip out. To limit the power surge at start-up, install a shutter valve on the inlet which should be closed when the fan starts.

38

3Vacuum Producers

Page 39: Internationalenglish 2015 all

1311109

1614

10

1311

15

12

43

12

16

9

421

1

2

865

7

3

21

87

6

5

19

21

20

22

22

201918

17

18

14

kPa p60

50

40

30

20

10

0

10

20

30kW P

Q

m3/h

Q

m3/h

kPa p

30

20

10

0

2

4

6

8

kW P

100 400 600 800

kPa p

40

30

20

10

024681012

kW P

100 400 600 800 1000

kPa p20

16

12

8

4

0

10

20

30kW P

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

50 Hz 50 Hz, 60 Hz

60 Hz

23

23

Q

m3/h

Q

m3/h

15

TurbopumpsSource Extraction, Cleaning, Pneu matic Trans portation.

The capacity curves for Dustcontrol vacuum producers have been measured and are stated empirically. Outlet pressure losses from a normal outlet (silencer, back-fl ow valve/bend) have been accounted for in the curve. Additional equipment such as a diff user can result in increased pressure loss and must be taken into consideration. Stated air-fl ows are for standard air (101.3 kPa@ 20° C).

Radial BlowersFume extraction of fi ne dust from light material, ie: wood and paper.

The stated curves are for negative application, all pressures stated are assumed to be below relative atmospheric pressure at sea level. These devices can also be used for positive pressure application and will generate a greater pressure diff erential.

17. RAF 500 18. RAF 500 S19. RAF 1600 20. RAF 250021. RAF 2501 22. RAF 250223. RAF 2503 Silencer

1. TLD 30 2.2 kW2. TED 30 5.5 kW3. TSD 30 9.2/11 kW4. TPD 30 11 kW5. TLD 36 4 HP6. TED 36 10 HP

7. TSD 36 15 HP8. TPD 36 15 HP9. TPR 35 11 kW10. TPR 40 15 kW11. TPR 43 18.5 kW

12. TSR 43 18.5 kW13. TPR 47 22 kW14. TSR 47 22 kW15. TPR 50 30 kW16. TSR 50 30 kW

39

3

3

Vacuum Producers

Page 40: Internationalenglish 2015 all

TPD 30/36 TED 30/36

TLD 30/36 TSD 30/36

LUBRICATION INTERVAL TLD 30 TLD 36 TED 30 TED 36 TPD 30 TSD 30 TSD 36 TPD 36 2.2 kW 4 HP 5.5 kW 10 HP 9.2/11 kW 9.2/11 kW 15 HP 15 HP

10000 h 10000 h 10000 h 10000 h 1500 h 1500 h 1500 h 1500 h

TLD/TED 30/36Turbopump TLD 30/36 and TED 30/36 are direct driven single stage units. To ensure constant pressure and that cooling air is avail-able to the pump when all outlets are closed, the tubing system should be equipped with a vacuum relief valve.

TPD 30/36Turbopump TPD 30/36 is a direct driven twin impeller parallel series con nected unit. To ensure constant pres sure and that cooling air is avail -able to the pump when all outlets are closed, the tubing system should be equipped with a vacuum relief valve.

TSD 30/36Turbopumps TSD 30/36 are direct driven twin impeller series connected units. Th is is used in demand ing applications where high vacuum levels are required. To ensure that cooling air is available to the pump when all outlets are closed, the turbo-pump can be equipped with a cooling air inlet.

These direct driven units are extremely reliable and have low service require-ments. Always change the O Ring when repacking the outboard bearing in the TSD and TPD pump.400 g Grease Cartridge for Dustcontrol Turbopumps, Part No 9928

Power Hz TLD 30 TLD 36 TED 30 TED 36 TPD 30 TSD 30 TSD 36 TPD 36

Consumption 2.2 kW 4 HP 5.5 kW 10 HP 11 kW 9.2 kW 15 HP S 15 HP P

230/400 V 50 4322

230 V 50 4326 4910 4907

400 V 50 4126 4911 4908

230/460 V 60 419006

460 V US/CAN 60 419306 479700 488100

600 V CAN 60 419004 419101 4615

40

3Vacuum Producers

Page 41: Internationalenglish 2015 all

3014

30693055

49423054

300730783077

3037

3014

3069

30404942

3055

3069

3014

4477

3031

30404942

3055

3031

4477

402614069740698

42297

3037

4477

4942/3195

8001

TPD 30/36

TED 30/36

TSD 30/36

TLD 30/36

4659

kPa Pu

40

30

20

10

024681012

kW P

100 400 600 800 1000

Q

m3/h/cfm

7

5 6 8

87

56

60 Hz

kPa Pu

30

20

10

0

2

4

6

8

kW P

100 400 600 800

Q

m3/h

3

1 2 4

1

23 4

50 Hz

AccessoriesPart No 3037 Console 500 mm (2 req’d)For wall installation of TLD 30/36.Part No 4477 Pump ChassisFor separate mounting of TED 30/36, TPD 30/36 and TSD 30/36.Part No 4942 Silencer 100 300/200Used for silencing of 76 mm vacuum valve and also exhaust silencing on 2.5–11 kW/4–16.9 HP turbopump. For accompanying tubing details, see installation example.Part No 3195 Silencer 80300/180Used for silencing of 50 mm vacuum valve. Part No 8253 Vacuum Relief Valve 50 mmUsed with TLD 30/36. Th e vacuum relief valve is installed on the tubing system (inlet side) on a branch tube. Th is delivers cooling air to the turbopump and can be adjusted for the desired vacuum level in the system.Part No 8001 Vacuum Relief Valve 76 mmUsed with TED 30/36 and TPD 30/36. Th e vacuum relief valve is installed on the tubing system (inlet side) on a branch tube. Th is delivers cooling air to the turbopump and can be adjusted for the desired vacuum level in the system.Part No 40595 Cooling air inlet with silencer for TSD 30/36Cooling air is introduced to the turbopump between stages so the unit can be driven with all outlets closed without the risk of overheating.Part No 42297 Back Flow Valve Ø108Installed on the inlet side of the turbopump when two or more units are parallel installed.

Silencing Covers. Th e silencing covers will reduce the sound level by 4 dB.Part No 42988 Silencing Cover for TLD 30

Part No 40697 Silencing Cover for TED 30 5.5 kW

Part No 40698 Silencing Cover for TED 30 9.2 kW

Part No 4659 Intermediate piece Ø108

Figure shows available capacity in an extraction system.

*) Turbopump with cooling air inlet.

Installation Example, Silencers

Capacity and Power ConsumptionTECHNICAL DATA, description TLD 30 TLD 36 TED 30 TED 36 TPD 30 TSD 30 TSD 36 TPD 36

Power Supply Hz 50 60 50 60 50 50 60 60

Pump RPM 3000 3600 3000 3600 3000 3000 3600 3600

Weight kg/lb 30 66 65 143.3 90 90 242.5 242.5

Max dP kPa 20 22* 23* 24* 21* 40 43 20

Nominal Pressure kPa 18 20 18 20 18 30 32 17

Max Q m3/h/cfm 260 176.6 450 353 900 450 329.6 618

Sound Level of

Unit 1m dB(A) 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75

Inlet/Outlet Ø mm 50/50 2”/2” 108/108 4.25”/4.25” 108/108 108/108 4.25”/4.25” 4.25”/4.25”

1. TLD 30 2.2 kW2. TED 30 5.5 kW3. TSD 30 9.2/11 kW *)

4. TPD 30 11 kW

5. TLD 36 4 HP6. TED 36 10 HP7. TSD 36 15 HP *)

8. TPD 36 15 HP

* Standard DC Green System Max 22 kPa

41

3

3

Vacuum Producers

Page 42: Internationalenglish 2015 all

TPR

TSR

TPRTurbopumps with TPR designation are parallel connected twin impeller belt driven units. Cooling air is introduced into the unit through an adjustable vacuum relief valve. Th e vacuum pressure in the system can be held constant when diff erent outlets are opened. Th e turbopumps are equipped with thermal overload protection on the outboard bearing which will trip out when bearing temperature becomes excessive. A back fl ow valve is built into the unit on the inlet side.

Dimensions, Installation Example

TSRTurbopumps with TSR designation are series connected two stage belt driven units. Cooling air is introduced into the pump through a slot between the two stages. In this way the second stage cools the fi rst stage indirectly, allowing the pump to run at extremely high vacuum and low airfl ow without overheating. Th e turbopumps are equipped with thermal overload protection on the outboard bearing which will trip out when bearing temperature becomes excessive. A back fl ow valve must be optionally installed on the inlet side of the unit when several units are to be installed in parallel.

Power Consumption Hz TPR 35 TPR 40 TPR 43 TSR 43 TPR 47 TSR 47/48 TPR 50 TSR 50/52

230 V 50 106802/15 kW 107202/18.5 kW 107252/18.5 kW 107702/22 kW 107752/22 kW 109202/30 kW 109252/30 kW

400 V 50 106600/11 kW 106800/15 kW 107200/18.5 kW 107250/18.5 kW 107700/22 kW 107750/22 kW 109200/30 kW 109250/30 kW

460 V USA/CAN 60 106805/20 hp 107207/25 hp 107257/25 hp 107707/30 hp 107757/30 hp 109207/40 hp 109257/40 hp

600 V CAN 60 106806/20 hp 107206/25 hp 107256/25 hp 107706/30 hp 107756/30 hp 109206/40 hp 109256/40 hp

42

3Vacuum Producers

Page 43: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Pump RPM rpm 3500 4000 4300 4300 4700 4700 5000 5000 5300

Weight kg 400 400 430 430 450 450 530 530 530

Max dP kPa 22 26* 28* 46 29* 50 30* 54 30*

Nominal Pressure kPa 20 20 20 35 21 37 23 40 23

Max Q m3/h 1000 1200 1400 650 1500 700 1600 800 1900

Sound Level of

Unit 1 m

dB(A) 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66

Inlet/Outlet Ømm 160/160 160/160 160/160 108/108 160/160 108/108 160/160 108/108 108/108

TECHNICAL DATA description TPR 35 TPR 40 TPR 43 TSR 43 TPR 47 TSR 47/48 TPR 50 TSR 50/52 TPR 53

A

kPa Pu

7

64

8

1

7532

6

8

253

Q

m3/h

kW P

30

20

10

0

50

40

10

20

30

1. TPR 35 2. TPR 40 3. TPR 43 4. TSR 43 5. TPR 47 6. TSR 47/48 7. TPR 50 8. TSR 50/52 9. TPR 53

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

1

4

60

Part No 8051 Back Flow Valve 160 mmInstalled on the inlet side of the TSR when two or more units are parallel installed.

Capacity and Power Consumption

The diagram shows available capacity for an extraction system.

AccessoriesSilencerPart No Conn Dimensions3182 Ø160 L=1200, Ø3553183 Ø160 L=600, Ø3553184 Ø160 L=600, Ø260

Lubrication Interval

Grease for Dustcontrol Turbopumps, Part No 9928

p TPR 35 TPR 40 TPR 43 TSR 43 TPR 47 TSR 47/48 TPR 50 TSR 50/52

22 kPa 1500 h 1500 h 1500 h – 1500 h – 1500 h –

25 kPa 750 h 750 h 1500 h – 1500 h – 1500 h –

28 kPa – – 1000 h – 1000 h – 1000 h –

30 kPa – – – 1500 h – 1500 h 750 h 1500 h

40 kPa – – – 1000 h – 1000 h – 1000 h

Part No A

– 75 dB(A)

3184 64 dB(A)

3182 62 dB(A)

* Standard DC Green System Max 22 kPa

9

9

43

3

3

Vacuum Producers

Page 44: Internationalenglish 2015 all

kPa Pu

10

8

6

4

2

0

1

2

3

4

5

kW P

Q

m3/h

RAF 500S

42297

4476

2 x 3037

A B C D

RAF 500 450 157 550 510

RAF 500S 460 325 725 685

RAF 500RAF 500S

200 400 600 800 1000

RAF 500

Dimensions RAF 500 without Silencing Enclosure

Dimensions RAF 500 with Silencing Enclosure and RAF 500 S

Capacity and Power Consumption

Accessories RAF 500 and RAF 500SPart No 4476 Silencer 100, 600/200 mmUsed for silencing exhaust and inlet.Part No 42297 Back Flow Valve 108 mmInstalled on the inlet side of the fan when two or more units are parallel installed. Part No 808404 Shutter valve auto 108 mm

Part No 8088 Solenoid valve 24 VACPart No 8026 Solenoid valve 24 VDC

A closed shutter valve on the inlet at start-up decreases the power surge.

Wall installation Floor installationSpacer

Radial blowers

Th e RAF 500 is ideal for small fume extraction systems, for example with Flexpipes. Spiral tubing is generally used. Th e blower is a direct driven unit with minimal service requirements. (Lubrication interval 10000 hours.)

RAF 500 STh e RAF 500S is for application in extraction systems for lighter dust, ie: wood dust. It is a twin wheel, series connected unit. Th e unit is direct drive and has minimal service requirements. (Lubrication interval 10000 hours.)

TECHNICAL DATA RAF 500 RAF 500S

Motor kW 2.2 kW/4 hp 5.5 kW/10 hp

Pump RPM rpm 3000 3000

Weight kg 39 150

Max dp kPa 5.6 9.5

Max Q m3/h 900 1100

Sound Level *) dB(A)

without silencing enclosure 79 79

with silencing enclosure 66 66

Inlet/Outlet mm 108/76 108/100

*) with exhaust silencer, 1 m

Figure shows available capacity in an extraction system.

Without Silencing Enclosure:

Part No 111900 2.2 kW 220–240/380–420 V/50 Hz

Part No 111904 4 hp 460 V/60 Hz Can/US

Part No 111906 4 hp 600 V/60 Hz Can

With Silencing Enclosure:

Part No 111910 2.2 kW, 220–240/380–420 V/50 Hz

Part No 111916 4 hp 460 V/60 Hz Can/US

Without Silencing Enclosure:

Part No 111800 5.5 kW 220–240/380–420 V/50 Hz

Part No 111804 10 hp 460 V/60 Hz Can/US

With Silencing Enclosure:

Part No 111810 5.5 kW, 220–240/380–420 V/50 Hz

Part No 111816 10 hp 460 V/60 Hz Can/US

RAF 500

44

3Vacuum Producers

Page 45: Internationalenglish 2015 all

kPa Pu

8

4

0

10

20kW P

1000 2000 3000

Q

m3/h

RAF 1600

RAF 1600

RAF 2500

RAF 2500

RAF 1600/2500

RAF 1600/2500 are single stage direct driven radial blowers for less demand ing pressure applications such as fume extraction. Th e blowers are equipped with vibration isolators and silenced enclosure. Th ey should always be equip ped with an exhaust silencer (inlet also if required). Th ese units have minimal service requirements (lubrication interval 10000 hours).

Accessories

Part No 8051 Back Flow Valve 160 mmInstalled on the inlet side of the fan when two or more units are parallel installed. Part No 807500 Shutter valve auto 200 mm

Part No 8088 Solenoid valve24 VACPart No 8026 Solenoid valve 24 VDC

A closed shutter valve on the inlet at start-up decreases the power surge.

TECHNICAL DATA RAF 1600 RAF 2500

50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz

Pump RPM rpm 3000 3600 3000 3600

Weight ca kg 290 330

Max dp kPa 7.7 9.3

Max Q m3/h 2000 3500

Sound Level* dB(A) 68 70

Inlet/Outlet mm 200/160 200/160

* with exhaust silencer, 1 m.

Dimensions, Installation Example

Capacity and Power Consumption

Power Hz RAF 1600 RAF 2500Consumption

Figure shows available capacity in an extraction system.

400 V 50 112000 7,5 kW 112100 15 kW

230 V 50 112002 7,5 kW 112102 15 kW

460 V US/CAN 60 112007 10 hp 112107 20 hp

600 V CAN 60 112006 10 hp 112106 25 hp

45

3

3

Vacuum Producers

Page 46: Internationalenglish 2015 all

RAF 2501/RAF 2503

RAF 2502

V Hz Motor Part No

400 50 30 kW 112300

230 50 30 kW 112302

460 USA/CAN 60 40 hp 112304

600 60 40 hp 112306

V Hz Motor Part No

400 50 30 kW 112200

230 50 30 kW 112202

460 USA/CAN 60 40 hp 112204

600 60 40 hp 112206

Th e RAF 2501 is applied in extraction systems requiring large air-fl ows for lighter types of dust and cleaning. Pressure gene ration is achieved through two series connected stages. Th e unit is equipped with vibration isolation and a silenced enclosure. Th e unit should always be equipped with an exhaust silencer (inlet also if required). Th e unit is direct driven and has minimal service requirements (lubrication interval 10000 hours).

RAF 2501

TECHNICAL DATA RAF 2501 RAF 2502 RAF 2503 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50 Hz

Pump RPM rpm 3000 3600 3000 3600 3000

Weight ca kg 440 430 450

Max dp kPa 17 9.4 20

Max Q m3/h 3300 6200 2800

Sound Level* dB(A) 74 74 74

Inlet/Outlet mm 200/160 2x200/2x160 200/160

* with exhaust silencer, 1 m.

RAF 2502

Th e RAF 2502 is applied in extraction systems requiring large air-fl ows such as systems for fume extraction. RAF 2502 work with two parallel impellers. Th e unit is equipped with vibration isolation and a silenced enclosure. Th e unit should always be equipped with an exhaust silencer (inlet also if required). Th e unit is direct driven and has minimal service requirements (lubrication interval 10000 hours).

RAF 2503V Hz kW Part No

400 50 30 112400

Pressure gene ration is achieved through two series connected stages. Th e unit is equipped with vibration isolation and a silenced enclosure. Th e unit should always be equipped with an exhaust silencer (inlet also if required). Th e unit is direct driven and has minimal service requirements (lubrication interval 10000 hours). RAF 2503 developes a maximum negative pressure of 20 kPa. Note though that the maximum airfl ow is 2800 m3/h. Above this, the power consumption would be too large for the 30 kW motor, so the design of the system must throttle to this level for all cases. Accessories

Accessories

Part No 8051 Back Flow Valve 160 mmInstalled on the inlet side of the fan when two or more units are parallel installed. Part No 807500 Shutter valve auto 200 mm */

Part No 8088 Solenoid valve24 VACA closed shutter valve on the inlet at start-up decreases the power surge.*/ Note! Shutter valve Ø 200/Ø 250 only for single step fans (10 kPa).

46

3Vacuum Producers

Page 47: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Ø 160

Ø 160

Ø 160

96 100 102

75 78 81

68 72 71

321

321

kPa

20

16

12

8

4

0

10

20

30

kW P

Pu

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 m3/h

Q

RAF2501

RAF2502

RAF2503

RAF2503RAF2501 RAF2502

Fan SilencersIn order to decrease the noise level of our fans, RAF 1600 – 2503, an in-line silencer must be installed on the exhaust duct. Several examples are illustrated of how noise level measurements can be aff ected. It is not unusual to obtain measurements of up to 110–120 dB(A) in com-pletely non-silenced installations.

Part No Conn. Dimensions3182 Ø160 L=1200, Ø355 mm3183 Ø160 L=600, Ø355 mm3184 Ø160 L=600, Ø260 mm

SilencerØ160 x 600 x 260 (Part No 3184)

SilencerØ160 x 1200 x 260 (Part No. 3182)

Capacity and Power Consumption

Figure shows available capacity in an extraction system.

47

3

3

Vacuum Producers

Page 48: Internationalenglish 2015 all

S 34000, RAF 2500TPR 35–TPR 50, S 32000–S 34000, F 20000

S 34000RAF 2500

S 34000

RAF 2500

TPR 35– TPR 50

S 32000– S 34000

F 20000

TPR 35– TPR 50

S 32000– S 34000

RAF 2501, S 34000 RAF 2502, S 34000X

RAF 2502

RAF 2502

S 34000X

S 34000X

S 34000

S 34000

RAF 2501

RAF 2501

F 20000

Installation Examples

48

3Vacuum Producers

Page 49: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Filter Units

49

Filter Units4

4

Page 50: Internationalenglish 2015 all

About Dustcontrol Filter UnitsAn extraction system should always be equipped with a fi lter unit. Th e fi lter unit separates coarse material in the cyclone body of the unit and fi ne dust in an internal arrangement of conical pleated cartridge fi lters. Pleated fi lters have very high fi lter areas in relation to their physical size. Th e fi lter units therefore have high capacity while maintaining compact overall dimensions. Filters are cleaned with reverse pulse which results in very eff ective cleaning, long fi lter life and low maintenance. Normally the fi lter units are equipped with a plastic sack for collection of the extracted material but other types of discharge arrangements can also be installed.

GeneralIn the fi lter unit, dust is separated from the air in several steps.– the cyclone will separate particles down to a size of 1/100 mm.– the fi lter will separate particles which go through the cyclone.Th e dust laden air is introduced into the cyclone at a high velocity. Th rough centrifugal force the dust particles, with higher relative mass than the air molecules, are forced outward toward the wall of the cyclone and fall toward the bottom. Th e air fl ows toward the centre of the cyclone and through the fi lter.

Filter LoadingPermissible air-fl ow determines the air velocity through the fi lter material, known as fi lter loading. Consider also inlet/outlet velocities. Permissible fi lter loading varies with dust type.

Dust Type Permissible fi lter loading (m3/h)/m2

Stone 120Concrete 120Wood 160Cement 120Plastic 120Graphite 60Carbon black 60Welding fume 60Fibreglass 60

Example:For the extraction of welding fume, the maximum permissible fl ow in the S 34000 will be:60(m3/h)/m2 x 34 m2 fi lterarea = 2040 m3/hTh e velocity of the air through the inlet and outlet should not exceed 30 m/s. When one fi lter unit does not have suffi cient capacity, several units can be connected in parallel.

50

Filter Units 4

Page 51: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Dust Type Air Flow Select Filter Unit

Stone, concrete, <= 1000 m3/h*) S 11000cement, wood, 1000–1500 m3/h S 21000plastic, metal 1000–2000 m3/h*) S 32000/2 x S 11000 2000–4000 m3/h*) S 34000 4000–5000 m3/h*) S 34000X <= 8000 m3/h S 46000Graphite, carbon <= 700 m3/h S 11000Xblack, welding, 700–1400 m3/h 2 x S 11000Xfume, fi berglass 700–2000 m3/h S 34000 2000–2900 m3/h S 34000X <= 5500 m3/h S 46000ATEX <= 1000 m3/h*) S 11000 EX**)

1000–1500 m3/h S 21000 EX**)

2000–4000 m3/h*) S 34000 EX**

*) In applications with a large percentage of fi ner particulate, the above values should be reduced 20 %.

**) Kst <= 200 bar/m/s

Choose the Right Filter Unit

S 11000S 11000X

S 32000S 34000 S 34000X

DC 3800 Stationary

S 21000 DC 11-Module

Central Units

For smaller systems, the fi lter unit and vacuum producer can be delivered unitized on a common chassis.

Air Flow *) Vacuum Level Required Select Unit

<= 200 m3/h normal DC 3800 Stationary200–400 m3/h normal DC 11-Module 5.5/7,5 kW200–400 m3/h large DC 11-Module 11 kW S*) always consider dust type and fi lter loading as above

51

Filter Units4

4

Page 52: Internationalenglish 2015 all

7290

40407

4714

4706

7179

5024

11041103

kPa p

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 200 400 600 800 1000

Q

m3/h

Pressure Loss

4030

S 11000, S 11000XPart No Description1103 S 11000 AC110302 S 11000 AC stainless steel1104 S 11000X AC110300 S 11000 DC110304 S 11000 HEPA DC11034 S 11000 HEPA AC110400 S 11000X DC110404 S 11000X HEPA DC11044 S 11000X HEPA AC5024 Wall bracket compl.7179 Stand compl.4706 Discharge Cone4714 Collection sack 50 pack42111 Collection sack 50 pack, antistatic

Th e S 11000 fi lter unit is of modular construction and is therefore fl exible in application. Th e inlet module can for example be both rotated and reversed. Additional module rings can be installed to increase the storage capacity of the cyclone. Th e S 11000 is either fl oor or wall mounted. Th e S 11000 and S 11000X must always be equipped with a discharge cone or other discharge arrangement. Th e X model is equipped with larger fi lter area and an extra module ring.

AccessoriesPart No 8188 TimerCan be used to activate fi lter cleaning.Part No 40407 Module Ring, completeIncreases the height of the cyclone and volume.Part No 7290 Widening ChassisUsed in applications where the separator is to discharge into a larger container such as a tipping container.Part No 4030 S 11000 HEPA Module

Dimensions, Arrangements

52

Filter Units 4

Page 53: Internationalenglish 2015 all

kPa p

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 1000 2000 3000 4000

Q

m3/h

2xø108

3xø76

1xø160

3xø108

2xø160

1xø250

3xø160

3004

400077195

4612

4714/42111

1060

105911361191

4706

1x φ160 1x φ250 3x φ76 2x φ108 Part 7133 7134 7136 7137

3x φ110 2x φ160 3x φ160Part 7138 7141 7142

1070

Pressure Loss

TECHNICAL DATA S 11000 S 11000X S 21000 S 32000 S 34000 S 34000X S 46000

Inlet mm Ø 108 Ø 108 optional optional optional optional optionalOutlet mm Ø 108 Ø 108 Ø 250 Ø 250 Ø 250 Ø 250 Ø 250 x 2 Max Q 1000 m3/h*) 1000 m3/h*) 1500 m3/h*) 2000 m3/h*) 4000 m3/h*) 5000 m3/h*) 8600 m3/h*)

Filters: Pleated Polyester CartridgePart No. and pcs 4292 x 1 4284 x 1 4284 x 1 4292 x 2 4292 x 4 4284 x 4 4284 x 6Total Filter Area 8.4 m2 12.0 m2 12.0 m2 16.8 m2 34 m2 48 m2 72 m2

Degree of separation DIN 24184/3 > 99.9 % > 99.9 % > 99.9 % > 99.9 % > 99.9 % > 99.9 % > 99.9 %Application Class according to Bia C C C C C C CMax temp fi lter 130 oC 80 oC 130 oC 130 oC 130 oC 80 oC 130 oCFilter cleaning with Reverse PulseCompressed air 4 l/s, 4 bar 4 l/s, 4 bar 4 l/s, 4 bar 4 l/s, 4 bar 4 l/s, 4 bar 4 l/s, 4 bar 4 l/s, 4 barConnection, hose 6/8 mm 6/8 mm 6/8 mm 6/8 mm 6/8 mm 6/8 mm 6/8 mm El connection 24 V AC alt. DC,12 W 24 V AC alt. DC,12 W 24 V AC alt. DC,12 W 24 V AC alt. DC,12 W 24 V AC alt. DC,12 W 24 V AC alt. DC,12 W 24 V AC alt. DC,12 W

*) Note: Always consider fi lter loading.

Part No Description Part No Description1191 S 21000 AC 119100 S 21000 DC1136 S 32000 AC 113600 S 32000 DC1059 S 34000 AC 105900 S 34000 DC1060 S 34000X AC 106000 S 34000X DC1070 S 46000 AC 107000 S 46000 DC4706 Discharge Cone4714 Collection Sack, 50 pack42111 Collection Sack, 50 pack Antistatic

AccessoriesPart No 4612 Module Ring, complete S 32/34000Increases the height of the cyclone by 0.35 m and volume by ca 0.3 m3.Part No 40007 Inlet Wear Plate S 32/34000 Inlet wear plate for minimising wall wear on the cyclone when collecting abrasive material.Part No 819001 Sequence Control S 32/34000Can be used to activate fi lter cleaning.Part No 7195 Widening ChassisUsed when collected material is to be deposited in a container up to 1,1 m3. Increases width between the legs from 860 mm to 1460 mm. ”With legs > 3000 mm a widening chassis should be ordered.”Part No 3004 Steel tube 76 mm GalvanizedDelivered in 3 m lengths. Used for longer legs when required (standard leg L = 1400 mm).

Inlet Module

Th e S 21000 and S 34000 are constructed of modules and is therefore very fl exible. Th e inlet modules can for example be both rotated and reversed. Additional module rings can be installed to give increased storage capacity of collected material. Th e X model is equipped with larger fi lter area and an extra module ring. S 21000, S 32000, S 34000, S 34000X and S 46000 are installed on legs. As standard, extracted material is collected in a plastic bag, alternative discharge options can be selected.

S 21000, S 32000, S 34000, S 34000X, S 46000

53

Filter Units4

4

Page 54: Internationalenglish 2015 all

?247

2675

753

2300

2980

min

. 525

S 21000

S 34000XS 32000S 34000

S 46000

Dimensions, Arrangements

S 21000, S 32000, S 34000, S 34000X, S 46000

54

Filter Units 4

Page 55: Internationalenglish 2015 all

1136

110301

119201

105901

Dustcontrol has been operating in the fi eld of environmental equipment for more than 40 years and has extensive experience in equipment and systems for potentially explosive dust.

Keeping the work environment clean and safe minimizes the risk of explosion, maximizes your production up-time, increases your products’ quality and gives signifi cant cost savings.

S 11000 / S 21000 / S 34000 EX are the new generation high vacuum dust collectors for potentially combustible dust. Th e units comply with the ATEX directive.

S 11000 / S 21000 / S 34000 EX have been created in order to meet various extraction requirements and to meet the challenges and rapid changes presented to modern industry. Th e systems are all marked with the EX symbol and are category 3D equipment according to directive 94/9/EC. Th is means that models with the EX symbol may be placed in areas classifi ed as zone 22 according to directive 1999/92/EC.

Part No Description110301 S 11000 EX119201 S 21000 EX105901 S 34000 EX

S 11000 EX, S 21000 EX, S 34000 EX

Designed for Zone :

DUSTSIDE 21

CLEANSIDE 22

OUTSIDE UNIT 22

Il2D/ II3D

TECHNICAL DATA S 11000 EX S 21000 EX S 34000 EX

Inlet mm Ø 108 optional optional

Outlet mm Ø 108 Ø 250 Ø 250

Max Q 1000 m3/h 1500 m3/h 4000 m3/h

Soiled side air volume 251 l 464 l 1312 l

Filters: Pleated Polyester Cartridge Part No and pcs 429206 x 1 429206 x 1 429206 x 4

Total Filter Area 8.4 m2 8.4 m2 34 m2

Degree of separation DIN 24184/3 > 99.9 % > 99.9 % > 99.9 %

Container 60 l 60 l 60 l

Max temp fi lter 80 oC 80 oC 80 oC

Filter cleaning with Reverse Pulse

Compressed air 4 l/s, 4 bar 4 l/s, 4 bar 4 l/s, 4 bar

Connection, hose 6/8 mm 6/8 mm 6/8 mm

El connection 24 V DC,12 W 24 V DC,12 W 24 V DC,12 W

6

55

Filter Units4

4

Page 56: Internationalenglish 2015 all

807

561

200

200

Technical DataInlet/outlet Ø 200 mm

Height 810 mm

Diameter 577 mm

Weight 86 Ibs/39 kg

Filter area 10.2 m2

Airfl ow 2500 m3/h

Negative pressure 40 kPa

Filter type HEPA13 acc. to EN1822

Mounting Wall and ceiling

Within the BioPharma, food processing, electronic, car and aerospace industries (just to name a few) there are numerous environments, which need extreme safeguards against dispersion of particles and aerosols. Here the DC HEPAbox enters the arena as a complimentary fi ltration with highest fi ltration level (>0.15 micro meter).DC HEPAbox has a robust design and withholds high negative pressure (40 kPa) which diff erentiates it from competing products.DC HEPAbox is even recommended to be used as a “police fi lter” between the fi lter unit and the vacuum producer in an ATEX environment. If for any reason the fi lter unit fails, the DC HEPAbox stops the dust from reaching the radial blower or turbo pump. In this way all standard vacuum producers can be used for ATEX applications, provided that the vacuum producer is placed outside an Atex zone.

Part No Description1180 DC HEPA box

DC HEPA box

Contamination free fi lter change.

Contamination free fi lter change. Wall Mounting.

Air fl ow

56

Filter Units 4

Page 57: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Compact Vacuum Systems

5

57

5 Compact Vacuum Systems

Page 58: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Th e DC 11-Module is a complete central unit for source extraction and industrial cleaning. Th e unit can manage just about every kind of dust and chip you can imagine, and when properly equipped, your coolants and emulsions too.

With the DC 11-Module, we deliver a complete central unit from the factory, plug and play - easy to install. We tailor it exactly to your specifi c needs. Th is is possible due to an options based selection process. Th e DC 11-Module has been designed to produce more capacity/HP and service up to six normal extraction points or several cleaning outlets at a time. We’ve worked hard to get the standard sound level to just 65 dB(A). Need a HEPA fi lter? - Just select it as an optional extra.Th e discharge system can be chosen in accordance with the material to be handled; making it easy for your people to maintain their equipment. Th e DC 11-Module is also suitable for source extraction and general cleaning in smaller production areas. Note that the unit can connect to many extraction points, as long as the number of users does not exceed the maximum capacity. For energy saving and reliable remote activation of operation, the DC 11-Module is also available with the DC Green System. For futher information , see page 110.

Optimized Stand-Alone UnitTh e design of a source extraction system is always based on the specifi c need at each work place. It is then possible to design and install a central unit for several, or many, extraction points. Alternatively, maybe a stand-alone unit for a particular area is the best choice. Th e advantage with stand-alone solutions is that you attain cleaner production one step at a time - as production requires it and as budget allows it. Th e DC 11-Module becomes part of the work cell or production machine and can be part of the fl exibility of modern lean manufacturing and fast change-overs from part to part.Th e DC 11-Module is developed to fulfi l the demands of a local solution.

DC 11-Module

58

5Compact Vacuum Systems

Page 59: Internationalenglish 2015 all

5

HEPA FiltersTh e fi ne fi lter separates a large quantity of the fi ne dust, but has a limited effi ciency on the smallest particulate. In order to capture this particulate, the unit should be equipped with a HEPA fi lter. We always recommend that a HEPA fi lter be used when the system air is returned to the plant environment. With designated or hazardous dust we recommend the use of a HEPA fi lter even if the system air is to be vented out of the plant. (Note: Always be aware of and comply with local regulations.)

Control PanelTh e electrical function is built into the machine. Th e unit is started manually with a start button, automatically when any of the extraction points are opened and micro-switches are used or by clock control. Filter cleaning is automatic after shutdown of the vacuum. With the DC Green System option you get on-demand control for saving energy, see page 111. You can also choose if the unit should be a fi xed installation or mobile and be delivered with a Euro connection (5.5/7.5 kW).

Vacuum ProducerTh e vacuum producer is a direct driven turbo pump. It is highly durable and has minimal service requirements. Th e characteristic of this type of vacuum producer makes it excellent for use with a VSD. With the frequency converter option the performance capacity will be optimised.

Filter UnitTh e fi lter unit separates the larger particles in the cyclone and the fi ner dust in the pleated conical fi lter. Th e fi lter is cleaned very eff ectively with reverse pulse. Normally, compressed air is used for fi lter cleaning, but manual fi lter cleaning that does not require compressed air can be chosen as an alternative. Th e fi lter unit separates everything from fi ne dust to chips and fl uids.

Outlet/ExhaustFor fi xed installed extraction systems it is always recommended to exhaust the air out of the building if a HEPA is not used. In doing that, all residual particulate and any gases extracted are expelled from the building. With the help of a HEPA fi lter, almost all the particles can be eliminated. In a large plant, exhausting to atmosphere can sometimes be diffi cult. In these cases exhaust directly at the unit can be considered. Extra duct work and optional silencing is available to suit the installation.

Discharge of materialDischarge of dust, fl uids and heavy material is done under the cyclone. A number of diff erent solutions can be chosen. Th e most common is plastic bag or container. Containers are available with a variety of volumes.

Mobile UnitTh e DC 11-Module is designed with a pallet format chassis so it can easily be moved with a fork truck or pallet jack. By choosing to equip the unit with wheels and handle, a mobile unit is created that even with its large size and weight, is possible to move easily by hand on the production fl oor. Th ere is also the possibility to create a semi-mobile unit where the unit is confi gured as a portable but docked to an installed tubing system. When it is required elsewhere, un-dock it, and wheel it away.

59

5 Compact Vacuum Systems

Page 60: Internationalenglish 2015 all

DC 11 Module delivered complete with

With

out s

yste

m c

ontr

ol

141x

x6x,

141

xx9x

, 141

xxA

x

With

dire

ct s

tart

con

trol

141x

xFx

With

mot

or c

ontr

olle

r sof

t sta

rt

141x

xGx

With

freq

uenc

y in

vert

er c

onst

ant s

peed

141x

xLx

DC

Gre

en S

yste

m

141x

xNx

Direct driven three phase turbopump - long life time x x x x xSound absorbent around vacuum producer x x x x xFilter unit with separation of particles in cyclone and fine fraction particles in pleated filter x x x x xMain switch on panel* x xSoft start for turbopump xFrequency inverter for start/stop and speed control x xConstant rpm set from display xDemand control according to DC Green System xManual start and stop from panel front x x x xProgrammable clock start/stop x x optionPrepared for remote start with micro switches x x x xControl for filter cleaning with air pulse x x x xButton for manual filterclening x xPrepared for filter cleaning during operation x x x xSolenoid valve for filter cleaning in filter unit 24VDC 24VDC 24VDC 24VDC 24VDC

Alarm indication x x x xTimers adjusted from display x x x xPressure level adjusted from display xThermal protection x** x** x xVacuum valve x x x xRoof hood x*** x*** x*** x***

*/ Please note that when main switch is not included it should always be assembledon the supply on the wall beside the unit.**/ Not for 5.5 kW***/ Only 5.5 kW and 7.5 kW

DC 11-Module - standard functions

60

5Compact Vacuum Systems

Page 61: Internationalenglish 2015 all

5

* Sound level with extra silencer on the outlet 5 dB (A) lower the given fi gure.

Air pulse fi lter cleaning all modelsAir consumption 4 l/s, 4 barHose connection 6 mm

Filter material in pleated polyester all modelsPart No 4292Total fi lter surface 8.4 m2

Degree of separation EN 60335-2-69 part 1 > 99.9 %

Electric connection for all units is 24 VDC.

TECHNICAL DATA 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 hp 11 kW P 15 hp P 11 kW S 15 hp SMotor 50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz

RPM 3000 rpm 3000 rpm 3600 rpm 3000 rpm 3600 rpm 3000 rpm 3600 rpm

Inlet/Outlet Ø108/100 Ø108/100 Ø108/100 Ø108/100 Ø108/100 Ø108/100 Ø108/100

Max dp 22 kPa 22–18 kPa 22 kPa 22 kPa 20 kPa 40 kPa 43 kPa

Nominal pressure 18 kPa 18–17 kPa 18 kPa 18 kPa 18 kPa 30 kPa 32 kPa

Max Q 450 m3/h 450–550 m3/h 500 m3/h/294.3 cfm 800 m3/h 850 m3/h/500.3 cfm 450 m3/h 560 m3/h/329.6 cfm

Weight 200 kg 225 kg 225 kg 260 kg 260 kg 250 kg 250 kg

Sound level 1 m 60 dB(A) 63 dB(A)* 63 dB(A)* 63 dB(A) 64 dB(A) 63 dB(A) 64 dB(A)

Sound level with frequency inverter 60-65 dB(A)* 61-67 dB(A) 61-67 dB(A)

61

5 Compact Vacuum Systems

Page 62: Internationalenglish 2015 all

14123 6 1 0Q 1 0Base unit Filter Discharge Design Options

Options DC 11-Module

Part Numbers

Example

* Not for 11 kW/15 HP

DC 11-Module Base Unit Filter Discharge Confi guration Special

equipment5.5 kW 400 V 50 Hz without any panel 141236

5.5 kW 400 V 50 Hz with soft start panel 14123G

7.5 kW 400 V 50 Hz without any panel 141246

10 HP 230/460 V 60 Hz without any panel 1412FA

10 HP 600 V 60 Hz without any panel 1412CA

7.5 kW 380-480 V 50/60 Hz Frequency inverter Constant speed 14124L

7.5 kW 380-480V 50/60 Hz Green System 14124N

11 kW P 400 V 50 Hz without any panel 141466

15 HP P 460 V 60 Hz without any panel 1414P9

15 kW P 600 V 60 Hz without any panel 1414CA

11 kW P 400 V 50 Hz with softstart panel 14146G

11 kW P 380-480 V 50/60 Hz Frequency inverter Constant speed 14146L

11 kW P 380-480 V 50/60 Hz Green System 14146N

11 kW S 400 V 50 Hz without any panel 141366

15 HP S 460 V 60 Hz without any panel 1413P9

11 kW S 400 V 50 Hz with softstart panel 14136G

11 kW S 380-480 V 50/60 Hz Frequency inverter Constant speed 14136L

11 kW S 380-480 V 50/60 Hz Green System 14136N

Filter OptionsStandard 0

With HEPA 1

PTFE 3

DischargeOutput in plastic sack (discharge cone 4706) 01

Container 40 litre; steel, blue 0 H

Container 60 litre; steel blue 0 Q

Container 75 litre; with plastic sack and wheel 21

DesignCompressed air fi lter cleaning 1

OptionsStandard 0

Euro connection* 1

62

5Compact Vacuum Systems

Page 63: Internationalenglish 2015 all

5

63

5 Compact Vacuum Systems

Page 64: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Technical Data DC 11-Module XL 15 kW 20 hp 18.5 kW 25 hp

Motor, Hz 50 60 50 60

RPM 4000 4000 4300 4300

Inlet/Outlet, Ø mm 108/108 108/108 108/108 108/108

Pressure drop, kPa 26 */ 26 28 */ 28

Nominal Pressure, kPa 20 20 20 20

Air Flow, max Q m3/h 1000 1000 1000 1000

Sound level 1 m, dB (A) 66 66 66 66

*/ DC Green System max 22 kPa

DC 11-Module Standard • Standard fi lter • Output in plastic sack (discharge cone 4706) • Outlet, compressed air fi lter cleaning

Part No 14123G00110 DC 11-Module 5.5 kW, 400 V, 50 Hz with Softstart ControlPart No 14124L00110 DC 11-Module 7.5 kW, 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz with Frequency Converter constant speedPart No 1412FA00110 DC 11-Module 10 hp, 230/460 V, 60 Hz, USA/CAN, without Control SystemPart No 14146G00110 DC 11-Module 11 kW, 400 V, 50 Hz, with Softstart ControlPart No 1414P900110 DC 11-Module P 15 hp, 460 V, 60 Hz USA/CAN, without Control SystemPart No 14136G00110 DC 11-Module S,11 kW 400 V, 50 Hz, Softstart ControlPart No 1413P900110 DC 11-Module S 15 hp, 460 V, 60 Hz USA/CAN, without Control System

DC 11-Module XLThe DC 11-Module XL provides you with the same plug-and-play approach as its smaller sisters. It is equipped with the renowned S11000X fi lter unit and for the vacuum provider you can choose between the 15 kW (20 HP) TPR40 or the 18.5 kW (25 HP) TPR43. Discharge is optionally into a sack or 40 lit container.

Part No 151100 DC 11-Module XL 15 kW 400 V sack w/o control panelPart No 151110 DC 11-Module XL 15 kW 400 V sack w/ control panelPart No 151120 DC 11-Module XL 15 kW 400 V sack Green SystemPart No 151200 DC 11-Module XL 15 kW 400 V 40 lit container w/o control panelPart No 151210 DC 11-Module XL 15 kW 400 V 40 lit container w/ control panelPart No 151220 DC 11-Module XL 15 kW 400 V 40 lit container Green SystemPart No 152100 DC 11-Module XL 20 hp 460 V sack w/o control panelPart No152200 DC 11-Module XL 20 hp 460 V 40 lit container w/o control panelPart No153100 DC 11-Module XL 18,5 kW 400 V sack w/o control panel Part No 153110 DC 11-Module XL 18,5 kW 400 V sack w/control panelPart No 153120 DC 11-Module XL 18,5 kW 400 V sack Green SystemPart No 153200 DC 11-Module XL 18,5 kW 400 V 40 lit container w/o control panelPart No 153210 DC 11-Module XL 18,5 kW 400 V 40 lit container w/ control panelPart No 153220 DC 11-Module XL 18,5 kW 40 lit container Green SystemPart No 154100 DC 11-Module XL 25 hp 460 V sack w/o control panelPart No 154200 DC 11-Module XL 25 hp 460 V 40 lit container w/o control panel

64

5Compact Vacuum Systems

Page 65: Internationalenglish 2015 all

4 x

5 m

3 x

1 x 2 m2 x

2 x

12 x2 x

Central unit

2 x

6 x 3 m

8 x

5

DC 3800 Stationary

The two conductor cable for 24 V is not included in the package (electrical and connection schematic are included with the panel).

Central unit Part No Qty

DC 3800 Stationary 230/400 V/50 Hz 2.2 kW 117400 1DC 3800 Stationary 230/460 V/60 Hz 4 HP 117408 1

Control systemsControl Panel 400 V/50 Hz 2.2 kW 8117 1Control Panel 230 V/50 Hz 2.2 kW 8119 1

Connection PointFlap Valve Ø 50 with micro switch 8433 3

Tubing systemPipe Ø 50 (L= 3 m) 3071 6Bend Ø 50,90° 3310 4Bend Ø 50,45° 307311 2Joint Ø 50 3077 8Branch pipe 50/50 307411 2Coupling socket 50/50 2107 2Hose Ø 50 (L=5 m) 2401 1Hose clamp 50-65 4219 2Bracket 300 3008 12Clamping band Ø 50 3107 12Ceiling attachment (L=2 m) 9622 1

Control Panel

The package consists of:

Th e DC 3800 Stationary package is intended for installations in (for example) industrial premises, garage workshops and schools. Th e dust-separator and turbo pump are mounted on a common chassis. Th e DC 3800 Stationary package has fl ow capacity for one work place at a time, for example a 6” cup stone or cleaning with 38 mm attachments. Th e fi lter is cleaned manually with a patented reverse pulse mechanism. Th e unit can be equipped with a vacuum relief valve to allow cooling air to the pump if all outlets are closed.Th e package is complete with tubing in three metre lengths, bends, branch pipes and connection joints. Installation is simple and the tubing system is easily adaptable to most sites. Starting and stopping of the central unit occurs automatically. Starting occurs when any of the outlets are opened. Th e central unit will shut down when all the outlets are closed.

Part No 114700 DC 3800 Stationary package

65

5 Compact Vacuum Systems

Page 66: Internationalenglish 2015 all

8253

3195

42988

860

1400

kPa Pu

20

15

10

5

0

0 100 200 300

Q

m3/h

50 Hz

60 Hz

kPa p

6

4

2

0

0 100 200 300

Q

m3/h

Part No 117400 220–240/380–420V/50 Hz, 2.2 kWPart No 117408 4 hp, 230/460 V/60 Hz, USA/CANPart No 118500 220–240/380-420 V/50 Hz,

2.2 kW Auto fi lter cleaningPart No 118504 4 hp, 460 V/60 Hz,

USA/CAN Auto fi lter cleaningPart No 4314 Plastic Sack 30 litre, 50 pack

AccessoriesPart No 8253 Vacuum Relief Valve 50 mmTh e vacuum relief valve is installed on the tubing system ( inlet side ) on a branch tube. Th is delivers cooling air to the turbopump and can be adjusted for the desired vacuum level in the system.Part No 3195 Silencer 80 mm 300/180Used for exhaust silencing and also silencing of 50 mm vacuum valve. Part No 42988 Silencing CoverSuitable for 2.2 kW model only.Th e silencing cover will reduce the sound level 4 dB.

CapacityPressure Loss Filter Unit

TECHNICAL DATA 50 Hz 60Hz

H mm 1400 1400W mm 400 400L mm 860 860Weight 50 kg 110.2 lbInlet/Outlet Ø50 mm Ø2”Flow at open inlet 260 m3/h 188.3 cfmNeg. pressure 20 kPa 21 kPaPower Motor 2.2 kW 4 hpFilter area, fi ne fi lter 1.8 m2 1.8 m2

Degree of separation >99.9% >99.9%Collection sack 30 l 30 lSound level <75 dB (A) <75 dB(A)

66

5Compact Vacuum Systems

Page 67: Internationalenglish 2015 all

5

DC Box Th e DC box is designed like a fume-cupboard with a door on each side to pull the equipment in and out. Th e DC Box is equipped with a ø 76-connection to source extraction and a connection to our DC AirCube 500*/, along with lighting and compressed air. A disposal sack for heavy dust and used fi lters is attached to the bottom of the DC Box.

To pull heavy machines in and out of the DC Box an external trolley can be used. Th e rotatable trolley inside the DC Box will then permit easy handling of the equipment during the cleaning operation.

Th e three openings on the front side are intended to be used by the operator to clean the equipment. Two of them are for the operator’s hands and one functions as an air inlet. Cleaning of the equipment is done with diff erent suction tools, compressed air and brushes.

Due to the ø 76-connection the DC Box can be integrated with all preseperators and vacuum cleaners of Dustcontrol, in that way off ering a customer specifi ed DC Box Package, e.g. the DC F Mobile and the DC 11-Module.

Part No 7470 DC BoxPart No 74701 DC Box with integrated aircleaner

Part No 112500 DC AirCube 500 230 V, EUPart No 112501 DC AirCube 500 230 V, UKPart No 112505DC AirCube 500 115 V USA

TECHNICAL DATA DC Box DC 11-Module 11 kW

H x W x L 1750×1196×796 mm 1800 x 1000 x 1300 mmWeight - 260 kgInlet/Outlet Ø 76 mm Ø 108 mm Reverse Pulse 4 l/s, 4 barFlow DC AirCube 500: 450 m3/h 600 m3/hNeg. pressure max 3.5 kPa 21 kPaFilter area 8.4 m2 Degree of separation > 99.9%Noise level 65 dB(A)Collection Sack 700×850 mmLighting 230 Volt

AccessoriesPart No 42014 Trolley

*/Th e new DC Box can be ordered with an integrated DC AirCube 500 air cleaner incl. adapter

67

5 Compact Vacuum Systems

Page 68: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Pre Separators

68

Pre Separators 6

Page 69: Internationalenglish 2015 all

About Pre-Separators

Cyclonic principle

Inertial principle

When large quantities of material are to be separated, it is advisable to use a pre-separator. Th e pre-separator can be placed at the workplace or in conjunction with the central unit.

Pre-separators should be used:– for material recovery– for material transportation– to reduce the loading on the ducting system– to relieve loading on the central fi lter– to reduce the risk for fi lter clogging– when fl uids are to be separated

When a pre-separator is to be used the following should be considered:1. Type of dust to be handled.2. How the unit should be placed and how emptying will be

performed.3. Expected airfl ow.

1. Cyclone Principle meaning that the inlet is mounted tangentially on the body and the air-fl ow is thus forced against the inside of the cyclone. Th is principle is very eff ective in separating particles down to 1/100 mm.

2. Inertial Principle meaning that the air stream fl ows into the container and abruptly changes course. Th e oulet sits behind the inlet and the particles are thus thrown into the container.

Pre-SeparatorsPre-separators can be used in all applications where the extracted material is coarse or voluminous. Th ese can be placed in the actual workplace for separate handling or recovery of the extracted material, or centrally. Pre-separators separate material from the air fl ow using the action of a cyclone or with inertial separation. Inertial separators are generally confi gured as containers with the inlet and outlet in the same wall

of the container. When the air fl ow changes direction abruptly, separation occurs for the particles with higher relative mass. When pre-separation is used to accommodate higher material volumes it is also important to consider the type of material discharge to be used. Dustcontrol off ers a range of diff erent standard options including; screw compaction, airlocks or container collection.

69

Pre Separators6

6

Page 70: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Cyclone Pre-Separators

Type of Material Air Flow Select pre-separator

All types, particularly where 100–500 m3/h DC F Mobila large percentage is fi ne 100–200 m3/h DC F 60, DC F 2500particulate 200–500 m3/h DC F 3500 500–700 m3/h F 8000 500–1000 m3/h F 11000 1000–4000 m3/h F 20000 2000–5000 m3/h F 30000

Discharge to Volume Equipment

Plastic sack lesser Discharge coneCompacted in plastic sack greater Auger CompactorOpen Container, Conveyor lesser Foot Valves/Auto Foot Valve/ Discharge Valves greater Peristaltic AirlockContainer lesser Plastic and Steel Container greater Tipping Container

Inertial Pre-Separators

Material Type Air Flow Volume Select Pre-Separator

Coarse and 250–2000 m3/h moderate Stainless dispenserdense 250–2000 m3/h large Container

70

Pre Separators 6

Page 71: Internationalenglish 2015 all

kPa p

3

2

1

00 100 200 300 400 500

Q

m3/h

Hoseø50

Hoseø76

0 60 120 190 240 294

Q

cfm

TECHNICAL DATA DC F Mobile

Container volume 95 l/25.1 gal (US) Height 900 mm/35.4 in/1650 mm/65 in (with cyclone)Container diameter 440 mm/17.3 in Weight 30 kg/66 lb/35 kg/77 lb (with cyclone)Inlet/Outlet Ø 76 mm/3”Air Flow 100–500 m3/h59-294 cfm

AccessoriesPart No. 4714 Collecting sack, 50 pack for Part No. 7074 and 7097

Dimensions

Pressure Loss

DCF Mobile Standard Part No 7010 DCF Mobile with Plastic sack Part No 7074 DCF Mobile Liquid separator Part No 7073DCF Mobile Water separator Part No 7009DCF Mobile With cyclone Part No 7097

Th e DC F Mobile complete with plastic sack has the same fi ttings as the standard model plus plastic sacks and a pressure compensating hose in order to obtain the same vacuum outside and inside the plastic sack. Th is preseparator is suitable for use when handling asbestos, silica and other materials which need to be collected in a sealed package.

Th e DC F Mobile liquid separator is fi tted with intermediate grill and drain cock. It is suitable for handling chips where cutting fl uids and coolants are also collected.

Th e DC F Mobile water separator is fi tted with Ø 50 mm drain cock. Th is is used where large amounts of water will be separated.

Th e DC F Mobile cyclone has a high effi ciency cyclone mounted in the top cover. Th anks to the small diameter of the cylinder in relation to its height and to the specially shaped inlet, this separator can separate even smaller and lighter materials such as asbestos fi bres. Th e separated material then falls into the container which is fi tted with a plastic sack for dust-free handling.

DCF Mobile

With cyclone

Water separatorLiquid separatorC/W Plastic sack

Th e DCF Mobile is suitable for the separation of diff erent types of coarse material, liquids and water. It is light and fi tted with wheels, so it can be connected to the workplace directly, thereby reducing the loading on the ducting system and minimizing the risk of blockage. DCF Mobile is the standard model of the mobile pre-separator. For emptying, the snap-on catches on the top cover are released and the material is shoveled or tipped out.

71

Pre Separators6

6

Page 72: Internationalenglish 2015 all

TECHNICAL DATA – Cyclone separator cover

Height 580 mm

Cyclone diameter Ø 250 mm

Barrel diameter Ø 620

Weight ca 10 kg

Inlet/outlet Ø 76 mm

TECHNICAL DATA – DC F Wheelbarrow

Filling volume 120 l

H x W x L 1200 x 640 x 1350 mm

Cyclone Ø 250 mm

Weight 50 kg

Inlets x2/Outlet x1 Ø 76 mm

Accessories– DC F Wheelbarrow

Description Part NoRubber plug 14016

TECHNICAL DATA – DC F 2800

Sack volume 40 l

H x W x L 1000 x 450 x 540 mm

Cyclone Ø 250 mm

Weight 10 kg

Inlet/Outlet X 50 mm

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 60

Filling volume 60 l

H x W x L 1065x 380 x 380 mm

Weight 9.5 kg

Inlet Ø 50 mm

Cyclone Separator CoverPart No 7367 When large amounts of dust are produced, a DC 5800 can be complemented with a cyclone separator cover mounted directly onto a standard 200 litre/55 gallon drum. Th e drum is not supplied by Dustcontrol.

DC F WheelbarrowPart No 7130Th e DC F Wheelbarrow is a mobile pre-separator designed like a wheelbarrow for ease of use. A small cyclone with two inlets is fi tted in the container which can hold ca 120 l. Two tools or cleaning implements can be connected simul taneously. Th e container has a special hatch so that material can be shovelled in and out.

DC F 2800Part No 7372Th e DC F 2800 pre-separator is often used in combination with, for example the DC 2900-machines, in order to separate material for recycling, e.g. aluminium or brass.

Cyclone separator cover

DC F Wheelbarrow

DC F 2800

DC F 60Part No 7069Th e DC F 60 pre-separator can handle large quantities of dust. Due to its large inlet the pre-separator is also well suited to separate coarse dirt.Wooden fl oor grinding.

DC F 60

72

Pre Separators 6

Page 73: Internationalenglish 2015 all

431442384/42702

700501 7061

7156

706001

7061

7157

3045

7067

7067

7060017157

700501

7156

7383

kPa p

3

2

1

00 100 200 300 400 500

Q

m3/h

2500

3500

F 2500, F 3500Part No 700501 F 2500Part No 7061 F 2500, Fluid separator ø76Part No 7379 F 2500 with Counter Balance ArrangementPart No 706001 F 3500Part No 7157 F 3500 Fluid separator ø76Part No 7156 F 3500 with cone D=160Part No 7383 F 3500 with Counter Balance Arrangement

Th e F 2500 and F 3500 are wall mounted cyclone type pre-separators used directly at the work station to relieve loading on the tubing system/fi lter or for separation of recoverable material. Th ese can also be used as central pre-separators in smaller systems with the DC 3800 and DC 11-Module respectively.

AccessoriesPart No 42384 Plastic Sack, F 2500 25 pcs AntistaticPart No 4314 Plastic Sack, F 3500 50 pcsPart No 42702 Intellibag 10 pcs/rollPart No 706701 Discharge Valve 160 mm - ACPart No 70670100 Discharge Valve 160 mm - DCInstalled for discharge to an open container. Controlled discharge can occur with this pneumatically actuated valve. Must be connected to a suitable control panel.Part No. 7128 Return Valve for Fluid Separator

Dimensions, Installation Examples

TECHNICAL DATA F 2500 F 3500

Weight kg 5 13

In-/outlet mm Ø 50 Ø 76

Air Flow m3/h 100–200 200–500

Installed for cooling fl uid return from the fl uid separator to fl uid sump for re-use. If the fl uid separator cannot be mounted at 3 m height, this return valve must be used to avoid drawing fl uid into the system.

Pressure Loss

73

Pre Separators6

6

Page 74: Internationalenglish 2015 all

7177

71795024

421114714

4040773114706

7290

7345

7461

7344

3037

p

Q

0 200 400 600 800 1000 m3/h

kPa

3

2

1

0

Dimensions, Installation ExampleF 8000Th e F 8000 is a high effi ciency cyclone separator for the separation of fi ne and light dust, e.g. wood dust. Part No Description7450 F 8000 Complete7344 F 8000 Cyclone7345 F 8000 Body Module3037 Console 500 mm (2 pcs req’d )7461 Auto Foot Valve 470 mm

Th e F 8000 cyclone can be equipped with a 40407 module ring to create a larger storage capacity. For alternatives to Part No 7461, see discharge options.

F 11000Th e F 11000 is a modular cyclone pre-separator that is very fl exible and can be confi gured easily to an exact require ment. Discharge equipment options can be used alter natively to the discharge cone with plastic sack collection.Part No. Description7177 F 11000 Complete7179 Floor Stand, complete5024 Wall Mount, complete4706 Discharge Cone42111 Collection Sack 50 pack, antistatic4714 Collection Sack, 50 pack

Dimensions, Installation Example

Part No 7450 F 8000 Complete is delivered with; 7344, 7345, 7461 and 2 x 3037.

Pressure Loss F 8000 and F 11000

TECHNICAL DATA F 8000 F 11000

Weight, kg ca 15 ca 45 Inlet, mm Ø 108 Ø 108 Outlet, mm Ø 108 Ø 108 Flow m3/h 500–700 500–1000 Body dia. mm Ø 300 Ø 477

AccessoriesPart No 7311 Vortex TubePart No 40407 Body Module, completeUsed in applications with light dust, i.e.: paper. Separation can be improved by equipping the pre-separator with a vortex tube and by increasing the height with an extra body module.

Part No 7290 Widening ChassisUsed in applications where the separator is to discharge into a larger container such as a tipping container.

74

Pre Separators 6

Page 75: Internationalenglish 2015 all

4714 /42111

4706

7166

7195

7189

7185

4714/ 42111

4706

3004

Q

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 m3/h

kPa

5

4

3

2

1

0

p3x

Ø761x

Ø1602x

Ø1083x

Ø1082x

Ø160

1xØ250

3xØ160

1 x Ø160Part 7133

1 x Ø2507134

3 x Ø767136

2 x Ø1087137

3 x Ø110Part 7138

2 x Ø1607141

3 x Ø1607142

TECHNICAL DATA F 20000 F 30000

Weight, kg ca120 ca 170Inlet, mm optional optionalOutlet, mm Ø250 Ø250 Flow, m3/h 1000–4000 2000–500Body dia. Ø596 mm Ø1045 mm

F 30000Th e F 30000 is a modular cyclone separator for large systems. Th e con fi guration of the separator is easily tailored to the specifi c application. Th e unit must be equipped with the appro priate inlet module and discharge arrangement, e.g.: discharge cone or alternative selection. Part No 7166 F 30000 CompletePart No 4706 Discharge ConePart No 4714 Collection Sack, 50 packPart No 42111 Collection Sack 50 pack, antistatic

F 20000Th e F 20000 is a modular cyclone separator for larger systems. Th e unit must be equipped with the appropriate inlet module and discharge arrangement, e.g.: discharge cone or alter native selection. See page 76-79.Part No 7185 F 20000 CompletePart No 4706 Discharge ConePart No 4714 Collection Sack, 50 packPart No 42111 Collection Sack 50 pack, antistatic

AccessoriesPart No 7189 Vortex TubeUsed in applications with light dust, e.g. paper, to increase separation effi ciency of the separator.Part No 40007 Inlet wear plate

Part No 7195 Widening ChassisFor applications where material is to be discharged into a larger receiver such as a tipping container. ”With legs > 3000 mm a widening chassi should be ordered.”Part No 3004 Steel Tube 76 mm, galvanisedOrdered by the meter and delivered in 3 m lengths. Used when leg length required is greater than the 1400 mm legs delivered with the unit.

Dimensions , Installation Example

Pressure Loss F 20000 and F 30000

The solid line represents the recommended fl ow for respective inlets.

Inlet modules

75

Pre Separators6

6

Page 76: Internationalenglish 2015 all

4612

7195 40007

3004

4714 7065

Ø 3153294

7343

Part No 3294 Spiral tubing Ø 315For connection to pressure relief module.Part No 4612 Body ModuleIncreases the height of the cyclone and can increase separation effi ciency for some materials.Part No 40007 Inlet Wear PlateTh is is installed in the inlet module of the separator and increases the resistance to abrasion caused by incoming material in the gas fl ow.Part No 7195 Widening Chassis For applications where material is to be discharged into a larger receiver such as a

Accessories F 30000 tipping container. For leg lengths greater than 1400 mm, order Part No 3004 steel tube. Part No 3004 Steel Tube 76 mm, galvanisedOrdered by the meter and delivered in 3 m. lengths. Used when leg length required is greater than the 1400 mm legs delivered with the unit.

Dimensions, Installation Example F 30000

Auger Compactor

Part No 7343 Auger Compactor Connection

Part No 7065 Auger CompactorTh is arrangement is used for material that can be compacted, e.g. paper dust and strips. Collected material is compacted and discharged

into a plastic collection sack. Th e drive motor control should be confi gured to reverse for several seconds to clear occasional clogs.Part No 4714 Collection Sack, 50 Pack

F 30000 with Part No 4706. Discharge Cone

Discharge Arrangements for: F 8000, F 11000, F 20000, F 30000, S 11000, S 32000 and S 34000

F30000 with Part No. 4706 Discharge Cone and 4612 Body Module

TECHNICAL DATA

Flange, outer mm 500x500inner mm 425x425Weight 218 kgCapacity 2-5 m3/hMotor Power 2.2 kWVoltage 230/400 VMax Op. Pressure 40 kPaService Interval 1500 h(1st service 300 h)

76

Pre Separators 6

Page 77: Internationalenglish 2015 all

3510

1750

1360

1100

3400

1,1 m3

1 m3

F 20000

741401/743200

F 11000

1650

706801

706701/70670100

7131

7462

7461/746100

7341

7370/737000

Continuous Discharge ArrangementsSuitable for: F 8000, F 11000, F 20000, F 30000, S 11000, S 32000 and S 34000

Foot Valves

Part No 7131 Counter Balance for Discharge Cone (Part No 4706)Th e rubber fl ap on the discharge cone is replaced with the counter balance fl ap. Th is unit will close when the system is under operation. When the system is at rest, collected material will be discharged into an open container. Note: only for use with suitable materials.Part No 7462 Counter Balance Foot Valve 470 mmTh is arrangement replaces the standard cone and functions by closing automatically when the system is in operation and releasing collected material when the system is at rest. Note: only for use with suitable material.Part No 7461 Auto Foot Valve 470 mm - ACPart No 746100 Auto Foot Valve 470 mm - DCTh is is an automatically controlled, pneumatically actuated foot valve that opens when the system is at rest. It is used for the discharge of materials into an open container and should be used only with materials that will fl ow.Part No 706801 Reduction Cone 400/160 mmPart No 706701 Discharge Valve 160 mm - ACPart No 70670100 Discharge Valve 160 mm - DCTh is automatically control led, pneumatically actuated valve can discharge collec ted material from the sepa rator when the system is at rest. It is used for dis charge into an open container or conveyor. Th e material must have good fl ow charac teristics.Part No 7370 Discharge Valve 250 mm- ACPart No 737000 Discharge Valve 250 mm- DCPart No 7341 Discharge Valve 400 mm - ACPart No 734100 Discharge Valve 400 mm - DCTh is automatically con trolled, pneumatically actu ated valve can discharge collected material from the separator when the system is at rest. It is used for discharge into an open container or conveyor. Th e material must have good fl ow characteristics.

Discharge Valves

Dimensions, Installation ExamplesF 20000 with widening chassis and discharge into a 1.1 m3 container.

Optional Confi gurations: In certain applications, automatic discharge during operation can be achieved by using a peristaltic airlock. Collected material can be discharged into a Big Bag.

Peristaltic Airlock Ø160

Part No 741401 Manually Actuated Intermediate Assembly

In application where the collected material receiving container is placed under system vacuum, this inter-mediate part is required to facilitate the easy removal of the waste container. It has a telescopic mating fl ange that is raised and lowered onto the container fl ange with two opposing eccentric locking mechanisms.

Part No 743200 Pneumatically Actuated Intermediate Assembly

Th e identical telescopic function and application to Part No 741401 but actuated pneumatically rather than manually. Th e pneumatic cylinders can be controlled manually with a Part No 8040 or with an automated control. Th e Part No 743200 does not include the actuator, this must be determined during the control design and ordered separately.

77

Pre Separators6

6

Page 78: Internationalenglish 2015 all

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 m3/h 2.6 5.2 7.65 10.5 13 15.7 yd3

Ø160/6.3”max

Ø400/15.75”max

Ø250/9.85”max

0

50

100

150

200

7342/734200

40407

450/

17.7

Ø 400

706801

708800/70880000

Ø160

Ø 250/9.85”

7362/736200

450/

17.7

”19

00/6

.2’

Peristaltic Airlock for discharge of dust from fi lter cyclone and preseparator.

Continuous discharge of material during operation can be achieved by installing two valves in series with an intermediate receiver. Th e material must be of such a nature that it fl ows easily.Part No 706801 Reduction Cone, 400/160 mmPart No 708800 Peristaltic Airlock,160 mm - ACPart No 70880000 Peristaltic Airlock,160 mm - DCTh e Peristaltic Airlock 160 mm is delivered complete with solenoid valves for actuation. A separate control must be selected, see Y2 and Y3 below. Note that the valves are normally open when not energized.Th e lower discharge valve must be guyed and unweighted to the chassis or legs. Part No 7342 Peristaltic Airlock, 400 mm - ACPart No 734200 Peristaltic Airlock, 400 mm - DCPart No 7362 Peristaltic Airlock, 250 mm - ACPart No 736200 Peristaltic Airlock, 250 mm - DCTh is airlock consists of two 400 mm discharge valves and auto shutter valves for pressure compensation of the valves. Th e airlock is delivered complete with a control solenoid block. For selection of a suitable control cycle time, see the graph below. Select a control for control of the airlock. Note that airlock pneumatic cylinders Y2 and Y3 should be open when the controlling solenoids are not energized.Th e lower discharge valve must be guyed and unweighted to the chassis or legs. Part No 40407 Storage Module, V=140 l

Connection Schematic for Peristaltic Airlock Ø 400/Ø250

Discharge Capacity (average value shown – varies by material)

TECHNICAL DATA Ø160 Ø250 Ø400

Volume of Receiver 12 l/3.17 gal 110 l/29 gal 190 l/50 gal

Air Consumption/cycle (5 bar/2.5 psi) 5 l/1.3 gal 15 l/3.96 gal 60 l/15.85 gal

Solenoids 24V DC 2 pcs 4 pcs 4 pcs.

Service Interval 1 year 1 year 1 year

(singel shift operation)

cycles/hour

78

Pre Separators 6

Page 79: Internationalenglish 2015 all

719671977198

Y2

Y3

Y4

Y6

T61 = 14 s T63 = 14 s

T65 = 2 s T66 = 2 s

T60 = 45 s

T62= 6 s

T64= 6 s

T68= 2,5 s

T67 = 1 s

Control signal sequence for Peristaltic Airlocks

Cycle timer relays should be adjusted for the actual application. Y2 and Y3 control the airlock. Y4 (Y5 connected inversely) relieve pressure. Y6 is connected in special circumstances to force discharge.

Pump OFF ON OFF

Closed Open

Closed Open

Closed Open

Closed Open

741401 743200160/6.3”

41016.1”

1075

/42

.3”

Part No 741401 Manual Intermediate ConnectionSecured with two eccentric locks that are locked down when the container is present.Part No 743200 Automatic Intermediate ConnectionSecured automatically in the down position by two pneumatic cylinders when the container is present. Can be controlled with a manual pneumatic valve, art. no. 8040 or by an optional automatic control.Part No 7433 Adapter 442/11000 Module

Steel collection containers are mounted directly under the cyclone by using art. no. 4749 Adapter. Consider always the weight of the collected material and plan emptying of the container at suitable intervals. Note: installation of Part No 7160 requires lengthened legs on the F 20000 and F 30000.

Tipping ContainerContainer

Part No 7066 Steel Container 90 l/23.8 gal.

Part No 7160 Steel Container 110 l /29 gal. Portable with collection sack.

Part No 7159 Steel Container 110 l/29 gal with collection sack.

Part No 40656 Steel Container 40 l/10.6 galInstalls under the cyclone for material collection.

Part No 4714 Collection sack, 50 pack for art 7159 and 7160.

Part No 42111 Collection sack, 50 pack, antistatic.

Part No 4749 Adapter 480/400 for steel containers

Part No 40655 Discharge Cone

Tipping Containers

Part No Description Collection Volume

7196 0.6 m3/0.78 yd3 0.3 m3/0.39 yd3

7197 1.1 m3 /1.44 yd3 0.6 m3/0.78 yd3

7198 2.5 m3/3.27 yd3 1.3 m3/1.7 yd3

Tipping containers are sealed to the cyclone bottom cone with an intermediate connection and adapter. Material can continuously collect in the container. A widening chassis must be used to install the cyclone to accommodate the width of the container.

30.7

3.5”

36.2

79

Pre Separators6

6

Page 80: Internationalenglish 2015 all

L

H G

J

K

B

A

E F

C

7439

Part No m3/yd3 (Collection volume) m3/yd3 (Filling volume) kg (Volume) kPa (Max-neg pressure) A B C E F G H J K L

7196 0,6/0.78 0,3/0.39 240 40 100 1076 X160 300 730 935 1180 200 1250 1590

7197 1,1/1.44 0,6/0.78 350 40 100 1096 X160 300 730 1050 1295 200 1550 1800

7198 2,5/3.27 1,3/1.7 570 40 100 1276 X160 300 730 1225 1470 200 1550 2180

Tipping ContainerTipping containers can be used as inertial separators by equipping the container with a divider plate and installing inlet/outlet connections on the containers rear wall. Inertial separation is particularly suited to the separation of larger quantities of coarse material. 0.6 m3/0.78 yd3 Part No 7196 1.1 m3/1.44 yd3 Part No 71972.5 m3/3.27 yd3 Part No 7198Divider Baffl e Part No 7439

The divider baffl e is installed internally in the container between the inlet and outlet. The containers are tip-dump style and should be handled with a fork truck. These containers can be equipped with casters.

Airfl ow, m3/h Hose, Ø mm Type, m3

250–500 76 0.6;1.1;2.5400–900 102 1.1;2.5900–2000 152 2.5

74047422

7436

74387437

X160

kPa

3

2

1

00 400 800 1200 1600 2000 m3/h

p

Q

102

152

76

7434

500

Inlet max. Ø102

Accessories for Tipping ContainerPart No 7448 Cyclone TopTo increase separation effi ciency, a cyclone top can be installed on the tipping container. Th e container then functions as a cyclone separator with a large storage volume for collected material. Suitable air-fl ows are between 400–800 m³/h.Part No 7404 Caster Set (4 pcs), max. 1600 kg

Part No 7422 Caster Set (4 pcs), max. 2200 kg

Part No 7434 Container Guide Rails

Th ese rails should be anchored to the fl oor using sleeve or wedge anchors (20 required).Part No 7436 Hose Nipple, 76/x160

Part No 7437 Hose Nipple, 102/x160

Part No 7438 Hose Nipple, 152/x160

Accessories; bottom screen, drain cock and level sensing available by special order. Diagram for Tipping Containers and Containers 4–8 m3.

Pressure Loss Inertial Separators

When the container is confi gured as an inertial separator, two hoses are connected to the rear wall of the container. Material is separated with inertial action as air entering the container changes direction abruptly.

80

Pre Separators 6

Page 81: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Ø 76 3007Ø 76Pipe L=100 mm 7419

20562046

Ø108 3031 3300 742020112033 7437

7436Ø159 3045 742301 7421 2010

20457438

Optional accessories: Bottom grate, drain valve, tip sensor and level sensor, can be specially ordered.

Part No Description Part No Description

2010 Suction hose 152, std 3300 Pipe fi tting 108/1022011 Suction hose 102, std 7404 Wheel set, 4 wheels2033 Suction hose 102 extra 7419 HD hose clamp 76 abrasion resistant 7420 HD hose clamp 1022045 Suction hose 152 extra 7421 HD hose clamp 160 abrasion resistant 7422 Wheel set 2,5 m3

2046 Suction hose 76 extra 742301 Pipe fi tting 160/152 abrasion resistant 7436 Hose fi tting 76/X1602056 Suction hose 76 PU 7437 Hose fi tting 102/X1603007 Joint Ø 76 7438 Hose fi tting 152/X1603031 Joint 108 7448 Cyclone top3045 Joint 160

Lugger lift Roll off container

By installing inlet/outlet connections on larger containers (4-8 m3) an effi cient inertial separator is built. Separation and containment of extracted waste directly in a closed container is a desirable handling method for a variety of reasons. Among these is that the system remains closed and that the handling of the waste can be done both rationally and economically. Th ese containers can also be used as discharge arrangements for cyclones – direct connection from the separator mounted over the container. A vacuum waste container is an integral part of the extraction system and must be designed for the negative pressure. Diff erent regions and waste handlers will have diff erent handling systems, the illustrations above show several diff erent prevalent variations.

Larger ContainersTh e exact type and dimensions of that type are often determined in cooperation with the contracted waste handler. Th e following factors will have a bearing on the selection of container type:

1) Tipping cost.2) Tipping in a packer truck or removal.3) Distance to tipping site.4) Density and weight of the separated material.5) Permits required for dumping of collected material (degree of

hazard classifi cation).6) Time for removal of container and the need for two containers.7) Physical placement of the container, is it accessible for the handling

truck?

81

Pre Separators6

6

Page 82: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Basis for price query on a container

Containers from Dustcontrol AB fills these norms: SMS 3020, DIN 30 722 and ISO 12944 Surface treatment

LIFTDUMPER Size (total volume):

4 m3 6 m3 8 m3 10 m3 12 m3 Remember that the used volume most likely gets 60-70% of the total volume.

Company that takes care of the delivery: Name:

Phone:

If there is any special requirements: Max width outside: (standard 1700 mm)

Max height:

Max length:

Material:

Volume weight: kg/m3

Suction connection (in- and outlet) Normally the containers is equipped with a connection that fits with tube 76, 102 or 152 (connection X160). Tube and connection socket is not included.

standard – 1 inlet, 1 outlet

multiple inlets, quantity

Connection from above direct from the separator.

Surface treatment As default the container is painted with 2x primer and surface blue, C3. The container is delivered unwrapped, which could convey some minor lacquer damage on delivery.

Inside Outside

C 3

C 4

C 3

C 4

Corrosive class

Environment corrosive

Some examples of the typical environments in the temperate climate zone.

Outdoor Indoor

C 3

Moderate

Atmospheres with a certain amount of salt or moderate amount of air pollution. City area or easy industrialized areas. Areas that have some influence from the coast.

Spaces with moderate moisture and a fair amount of air pollution from production-processes, e.g. breweries, dairies or laundries.

C 4

High

Atmospheres with a moderate amount of salt or large amounts of air pollution. Industrial or coast areas.

Spaces with high moisture and a large amount of air pollution from production-processes, e.g. chemical industrial or poolhouses.

Accessories

Steering rail

Connection from

above to connections ”tos” 741401

Throw-in

hatch 350

Level

sensor */

Controller contact on

container at position (gives signal to steering-system).

Wheels

Load changer is only constructed for 12m3 and above. Load changer only on inquiry. */ Ultra sonic 1/ + pipe 2/ for cable, routing to mounting plate 3/ for electrical connection.

82

Pre Separators 6

Page 83: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Tubing System

83

7

7

Page 84: Internationalenglish 2015 all

300311

3077

300911

3311

300311300911

3310

3323

3305

Installation Example

Elastomer Tubing System An eff ective tubing system has to meet certain requirements. Constant transport velocity in the tubing at diff erent loads is one require ment. Correct transport velocity is another. When the velocity is too low, the material will cause a blockage. When the velocity is to high, this will lead to unnecessary wear and loss of energy. Dustcontrol’s competent staff can dimension a system to your needs. When transporting material in a tubing system turbulent fl ow will cause noise. Material particles impact the hard tubing walls. Using an elastomer (EPDM- and NBR-rubber) in bends, branch pipes and mounting brackets moderates the sound considerably. Bends and branch pipes are designed to withstand high negative pressure. Th e bends are designed with a radial ridge to spread the impact area of the mateial thereby reducing wear and minimizing the risk of blockage. Every elastomer bend and branch pipe are designed with a plugged hole, that can be used for measuring and inspection.

Th e advantages with the elastomer tubing system are: – Low noise– Blockage risk reduced– Reduced wear

Tubing System DetailsCones, branch pipes and bends are manufactured in EPDM- and NBR- rubber. Th e components are abrasion resistant and sound absorbing.

Steel TubingOur standard tubing system is of zinc coated carbon steel tubing and is used on 90 % of all Dustcontrol installations. Heavy wall thickness results in long life even in installations where con siderable abrasion is present.

Stainless Steel TubingStainless tubing is used with abrasive materials or because of hygienic considerations. When installed in material transportation, long radius bends should be used.

Transport of Air Flow Tube Dimension

dust, coarse (100–260 m3/h Ø 50) *)

and heavy 300–600 m3/h Ø 76 material 600–1200 m3/h Ø 10820–40 m/s 1200–2600 m3/h Ø 159

fume, vapour 180–320 m3/h Ø 76 Steel Tubingand clean air 320–550 m3/h Ø 100 Reinforced12–20 m/s Spiral Tubing 370–620 m3/h Ø 108 Steel Tubing 510–850 m3/h Ø 125 Reinforced Spiral Tubing 840–1400 m3/h Ø 159/Ø 160 Steel Tubing/ Reinforced Spiral Tubing 1300–2200 m3/h Ø 200 Reinforced Spiral Tubing 2100–3500 m3/h Ø 250 Reinforced Spiral Tubing

*) on most systems, 76 mm should be selected as the smallest tube diameter. Only systems where a small air-fl ow is desired or installation is more easily facilitated should 50 mm be used.

Th e tubing system transports the material from the point of collection to the central unit. Dust is generally abrasive, some more than others, therefore the standard material thickness of the tubing system is 1.5 mm. Applications with fume and light dust use reinforced spiral duct. Stainless tubing systems and extra abrasion resistant fi ttings are available. Dustcontrol has a very compre hensive assortment of tubing fi ttings and installation hardware. Th is gives greater fl exibility in design and installation of our tubing systems. Our mechanical jointing system makes alterations and additions very easy to implement.

Tubing System

Reinforced Spiro TubingSpiro tubing is used most commonly for the connection of the central unit components, vacuum producer, fi lter unit and pre-separator. Spiro is not generally suitable for application with coarse and abrasive material but is commonly used in extraction systems for vapour, fume and light dust.

Mounting HardwareDustcontrol has a complete range of mounting hardware facilitating straightforward installation as well as changes.

84

7Tubing System

Page 85: Internationalenglish 2015 all

l

Ø

t

bh

d

rt

bh

d

rt

h

l

Ø

The measurements are in millimeter if nothing else is given.

Tubing Part No Desc. Ø l (m) t m (kg/m)3071 0 50 50,8 3 1.5 1.83340** 0 50 50,8 0.135 1.5 1.83004* 0 76 76 3 1.5 2.63341** 0 76 76 0.135 1.5 2.63039* 0 108 108 3 2.0 3.93342** 0 108 108 0.135 1.5 3.93060 0 159 159 3 1.5 7.7*) Full handle of 6 m lengths: 0 76 - Part No 3278 (totally:144m); 0 108 - Part No 3279 (totally:114m)

**) Tube stub required when mounting a 45 bend directly to a branch pipe (only in polymer system).

Bend 90o,

extended

Part No. Desc. Ø r b t m (kg)3169 0 76 76 175 150 2.9 3.03165 0 108 108 250 150 3.6 6,53161 0 159 159 375 150 4.5 15.3

Bend 45° Part No Desc. Ø r l t 3317 0 76 76 160 333 1.53009 0 76 76 175 78 2.93321 0 108 108 160 433 2.03062 0 159 159 375 166.5 4.5

Split pipe Part No Desc.. Ø 1 d2 c h t m (kg)3067 0 159/159 159 159 230 458 2.0 6.0

Y-Pipe Part No Desc. Ø α l h t m (kg)3324 0 50 50,8 90° 150 175 1.5 0.43323 0 76 76 90° 190 195 1.5 0.73322 0 108 108 90° 235 225 2.0 1.43066 0 159 159 180° 850 485 2.0 6.0

Steel - Tubing systemThe Dustcontrol pipes are plated steel tubes. The material density gives the pipes a long life.

Bend 90o Part No Desc. Ø r b h t m (kg)3310 0 50 50,8 120 75 220 1.5 0.63309 0 50 50,8 85 75 185 1.5 0.33117 0 50 50,8 50 — 115 1.5 0.33118 0 76 76 65 — 150 1,5 0,63311 0 76 76 160 180 313 1.5 1.33005 0 76 76 175 — 213 2.9 1.453319 0 108 108 160 165 380 2.0 3.03061 0 159 159 375 — 455 4.5 10.1

85

7

7

Tubing System

Page 86: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Branch pipe Part No Desc. Ø α l t3074 0 50 51 45° 170 1.53003 0 76 76 45° 245 1.53357 0 108 108 45° 267 1.53065 0 159/76 159/76 30° 390 2.0

3064 0 159/108 159/108 30° 390 2.0

3063 0 159 159 45° 400 2.0

Abrasion Resistant

Bend 90°°Part No Desc. Ø r b t m (kg)3235 0 76 87 175 50 7,0 5,03234 0 108 121 250 50 5,5 10,6

Joint Abra-sion Resis-tant Bend

Part No Desc. Ø d1 Ø d2 l m (kg)3243 0 76 87 76 130 0,53244 0 108 121 108 130 0,7

Cone Part No Desc. Ø d1 Ø d2 l t m (kg)3197 0 80/76 76 80 70 2,0 0,23030 0 108/76 108 76 95 1.0 0.15For other dimensions: See also polymer-pipe system - Cone

Pressure

Distributor

box

Part No Desc. Ø d b l h m (kg)3057 3/2 108 110 650 472 10,03058 2/2 108 110 550 315 7,0

End cap for

steel tubing

Part No Desc. Ø d3172 0 50 50,83174 0 76 763906 0 108 108

The measurements are in millimeter if nothing else is given.Steel - Tubing systemOur standard tubing system is of zinc coated carbon steel tubing and is used on 90 % of all Dustcontrol´s systems. Heavy wall thickness results in long life even with systems where considerable abrasion is present.

l

Ø

t

Stainless steel - Tubing systemStainless tubing is used with abrasive materials or due to hygienic considerations.

Tubing Part No Desc. Ø l (m) t m (kg/m)

3211 0 50 50,8 3 1,0 1,33212* 0 76 76 3 1,0 1,9

3267 0 108 108 3 1,0 5,23227 0 159 159 3 1,0 4,0

86

7Tubing System

Page 87: Internationalenglish 2015 all

bh

d

rt

h

l

Ø

bh

d

rt

The measurements are in millimeter if nothing else is given.

Stainless steel - Tubing systemIf abrasive material support to stainless steel pipes are used. This can also be used for tubing systems with high hygiene requirements.

Bend 90° Part No Desc. Ø r b h t m (kg)

3314 0 50 50,8 120 75 220 1,5 0,6

3316 0 76 76 160 180 313 1,5 1,33320 0 108 108 160 165 380 2,0 3,03262 0 159 159 87 90 260 1,0 1,8

Bend 90°

extended

Part No Desc. Ø r b t m (kg)

3266 0 76 76 460 — 2,0 3,23303 0 108 108 800 150 2,0 10,0

Bend 45° Part No Desc. Ø r l t 3318 0 76 76 160 333 1,53315 0 108 108 160 433 2,0

Y-Tubing Part No Desc. Ø α l h t m (kg)

3331 0 50 50,8 90° 150 175 1,5 0,43330 0 76 76 90° 190 195 1,5 0,73329 0 108 108 90° 235 225 2,0 1,4

Branch pipe Part No Desc. Ø d1 Ø d2 l α t 3199 0 76/76 76 76 245 45° 1,53358 0 108/108 108 108 267 45° 1,5

d

l

r

Polymer Tubing SystemAn elastomer (EPDM and BR-rubber) used in bends and, branch pipes and mounting brackets lends to a particularly high wear resistance and considerably moderation of the sound level. Dustcontrol´s bends are designed with a pa-tented radial ridge to spread the impact area of the material and thereby reducing the wear and minimizing the risk of blockage. NBR is especially recommended for use with oil and cutting fl uids.

Bend 45° (complete

with joints)

Part No

EPDM

Part No

NBR

Desc. d l r m (kg/m)

307311** 307312 0 50 50,8 150 66 0,53343* 0 50 50,8 0,135 1,5 1,8300911** 300912 0 76 76 170 79 0,6

3344* 0 76 76 170 79 0,6302911** 302912 0 108 108 195 94 0,83345* 0 108 108 195 94 0,8

87

7

7

Tubing System

Page 88: Internationalenglish 2015 all

l

t

Ø

h

Ø

l

TECHNICAL DATA EPDM NBR

Temp °C max/min 140/–60 120/–60

Antistatic Yes Yes

Abrasion resistance Very Good Good

UV and Ozone resistance Very Good Limited

Resistance to fumes Very Good Good

Resistance to solvent and oil Poor Very good

Joint Part No EPDM

Part No

NBR

Desc. d l t m (kg)

3077** 3271 0 50 50,8 65 4,5 0,2307702* 0 50 50,8 65 4,5 0,23007** 3272 0 76 76 65 5,0 0,3300702* 0 76 76 65 5,0 0,33031** 3273 0 108 108 65 5,5 0,4303102* 0 108 108 65 5,5 0,43045** 3274 0 159 159 65 6,5 0,5304502* 0 159 159 65 6,5 0,5

Branch pipe 45° (com-

plete with joints)

Part No

EPDM

Part No

NBR

Desc. d l h m (kg)

307411** 307412 0 50 50,8 220 150 0,83346* 0 50 50,8 220 150 0,8300311** 300312 0 76 76 250 200 1,23347* 0 76 76 250 200 1,2303511** 303512 0 108 108 300 260 1,63348* 0 108 108 300 260 1,6

* Material EPDM/Stainless Steel** Antistatic

Ø1

l

Ø2

Cone Part No

EPDM

Part No

NBR

Desc. d1

d2

l t

3305** 3325 0 76/50 50,8 76 50 0,13306** 3326 0 108/76 76 108 55 0,33307** 3327 0 108/100 100 108 35 0,13308** 3328 0 159/108 108 159 70 0,7

Polymer Tubing SystemAn elastomer (EPDM and BR-rubber) used in bends and, branch pipes and mounting brackets lends to a particularly high wear resistance and considerably moderation of the sound level. Dustcontrol´s bends are designed with a pa-tented radial ridge to spread the impact area of the material and thereby reducing the wear and minimizing the risk of blockage. NBR is especially recommended for use with oil and cutting fl uids.

The measurements are in millimeter if nothing else is given.

88

7Tubing System

Page 89: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Spiro Tubing Part No Desc. d l t m (kg/m)3013 0 100 100 3 0,6 1,83123 0 125 125 3 0,6 2,23042 0 160 160 3 0,8 3,73095 0 200 200 3 0,8 4,73090 0 250 250 3 0,8 5,9

Bend 90° Part No Desc. d r l m (kg)3014 0 100 100 100 100 0,43124 0 125 125 125 125 0,63043 0 160 160 160 160 0,83096 0 200 200 200 200 1,53091 0 250 250 250 250 2,4

Reinforced Spiro TubingThe reinforced spiro tubing system is used to connect the separator and vacuum pump. It is also used in exhaust systems for smoke and light dust.

The measurements are in millimeter if nothing else is given.

Bend 45° Part No Desc. d r l m (kg)3086 0 100 100 100 43 0,33125 0 125 125 125 52 0,43089 0 160 160 160 66 0,63088 0 200 200 200 83 0,93087 0 250 250 250 104 1,3

Bend 30° Part No Desc. d r l m (kg)3024 0 100 100 100 25 0,33126 0 125 125 125 33 0,33025 0 160 160 160 43 0,53026 0 200 200 200 54 0,73027 0 250 250 250 67 1,4

Y-Pipe Part No Desc. d r l M m (kg)3127 0 125 125 190 375 190 1,53128 0 160 160 240 480 240 2,53129 0 200 200 300 600 300 3,83130 0 250 250 375 750 375 8,6

89

7

7

Tubing System

Page 90: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Reinforced Spiro TubingThe reinforced spiro tubing system is used to connect the separator and vacuum pump. It is also used in exhaust systems for smoke and light dust.

The measurements are in millimeter if nothing else is given.

Branch Pipe Part No Desc. d1 d2 l α m (kg)3131 0 100/100 100 100 290 45° 1,33132 0 125/100 125 100 290 45° 1,43148 0 125/125 125 125 290 45° 1,63133 0 160/100 160 100 370 45° 1,63134 0 160/125 160 125 370 45° 1,93149 0 160/160 160 160 370 45° 2,53135 0 200/100 200 100 460 45° 2,23136 0 200/125 200 125 460 45° 2,33137 0 200/160 200 160 460 45° 2,93150 0 200/200 200 200 460 45° 3,53138 0 250/160 250 160 575 45° 3,43139 0 250/200 250 200 575 45° 4,03151 0 250/250 250 250 575 45° 4,6

T-Pipe Part No Desc. d l M m (kg)3051 0 160 160 229 105 0,9

Cone Part No Desc. d1 d2 l m (kg)3054 0 100/80 100 80 18 0,23141 0 125/100 125 100 22 0,23157 0 125/110 125 110 48 0,33028 0 160/100 160 100 37 0,33142 0 160/125 160 125 26 0,23098 0 200/160 200 160 26 0,33093 0 250/200 250 200 32 0,63122 0 250/160 250 160 53 0,53268 0 250/160 250 160 113 0,63269 0 250/200 250 200 92 0,6

Socket Part No Desc. d l m (kg)3055 0 100 100 90 0,13143 0 125 125 90 0,23056 0 160 160 90 0,23082 0 200 200 90 0,33083 0 250 250 130 0,5

90

7Tubing System

Page 91: Internationalenglish 2015 all

3350

Reinforced Spiro Tubing

The measurements are in millimeter if nothing else is given.

Part No 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

3182 10 18 34 49 53 30 18

3183 8 15 23 31 40 22 16

3184 4 8 21 37 40 22 14

3195 4 8 16 27 34 35 19

3228 2 7 14 21 26 20 12

4476 8 13 25 40 50 40 21

4942 4 8 14 23 27 25 14

Nipple Part No Desc. d m (kg)3015 0 100 100 0,13144 0 125 125 0,23044 0 160 160 0,23099 0 200 200 0,33094 0 250 250 0,5

Clean out Cover Part No Desc.. d l m (kg)3152 0 100 100 40 0,13153 0 125 125 40 0,13154 0 160 160 40 0,23155 0 200 200 40 0,33156 0 250 250 40 0,5

Inline Silencer Part No d1 d2 l m (kg)3182 160 335 1200 19,83183 160 335 600 10,73184 160 260 600 6,33195 80 180 300 2,23350 100 150 250 0,44476 100 200 600 4,84942 100 200 300 2,63228 125 224 300 3,0

TECHNICAL DATA SilencersAbsorption dB for mean frequency Hz

Technical Data Silencers - see top of the page.

91

7

7

Tubing System

Page 92: Internationalenglish 2015 all

4

3

5

67

8

1

8

2

1

9

The tubing should be supported on both sides of joints.

Brachet

Clamping Band

Wall- and Ceiling attachment

Beam Clamp

Threaded Rod

Clamping Wrapper

Tube Hanger EPDM Rubber Lined

Pipe Strap

Adjusting Track

Plate

Spring Nut

Two Part Clamp

Z-Attachment

L-Attachment

Tie-Wrap, Nylon

Duct Tape, Roll

Fastener Set for Mounting

Part No Desc. L t m (kg)

3008 300 300 3 0,853037 500 500 3 1,503178 1000 1000 3 3,00Part No Desc. d L m (kg)

3107 50 51 140 0,103021 76 76 210 0,103022 110 108 290 0,103023 160 159 425 0,15Part No Desc. L t m (kg)

3106 270 270 3 0,409622 2000 2000 3 3,00Part No Desc. M

3192 M8 M83251 M10 M10Part No Desc. L M m (kg/m)

3017 HGS8 2000 M8 0,353250 M10 1000 M10 0,50Part No* d B t m (kg)

3185 50 20 1,25 0,103186 76 20 2,0 0,153187 110 25 2,0 0,253188 160 25 3,0 0,403189 200 25 3,0 0,553190 250 25 3,0 0,75Part No d B t

3245 50 24 1,53246 76 24 1,53284 101 24 2,03247 108 24 1,53285 125 24 2,0 3248 160 24 2,03249 200 24 3,03286 245 30 3,0Part No L (m) b t m (kg/m)

3158 25 25 1 0,15Part No L b h

3159 300 41 213241 2000 41 21 perforated3252 3000 41 21 perforatedPart No a b t

3253 52,6 45,5 5,0Part No M

9601 M83289 M10Part No d

3068 Ø 1603069 Ø 200

* 5 pcs

Wall- and Ceiling attachment Part No 42437Measures: L= 85,4 mm, w= 50 mm, t= 20 mm

Wall- and Ceiling Attachment:

11

9

10

9

10

11

11

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Mounting HardwareThe measurements are in millimeter if nothing else is given.

Part No

3011

Part No

3012Part No L 9817 1369815 360Part No L (m)

9076 50Part No

3198

92

7 Tubing System

Page 93: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Work Station Equipment

93

Work Station Equipment8

8

Page 94: Internationalenglish 2015 all

About Work Station Equipment

Manual Flap Valves Automatic Flap Valves

Fume Arms and Suspension Arrangements

An extraction system is sized for only those outlets which are to be used simultaneously. Th is is in order to maximize effi ciency and minimize the size of the central unit. It must be possible to open and close all outlets. Th is could be via manual shutter and fl ap valves or automatically on demand. Th e Flexpipe can be used for fume extraction, high fl exibility and small diameter allow it to be placed very close to the fume source.

Overhead suspension arrangements such as swing-arms and hose reels can increase the usefulness of the system, increase ergonomics and minimise potential trip hazards from hose left on the fl oor.When large volumes of material are to be introduced into the system, stainless fl oor funnels can be used from which the material is then extracted.

94

Work Station Equipment 8

Page 95: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Cutter 108 has been developed for cutting plastic, paper and card-boardstrips and similar materials.Th e unit is connected to a f108 tubing system and will cut all material in the transport fl ow into 2–15 cm sized pieces. A rotor with three knives work against one stationary knife. Th e knives should be serviced at least twice a year at normal operation 8 hours a day. Depending on amount and type of material the knives should be sharpened and adjusted (500–5000 operation hours). Th e tubing system before and after the Cutter should consist of straight pipes. Because of safety reasons the inlet and outlet pipes should each be at least one metre long. At installation and service the safety considerations should allways be followed.Part No 7357

Exchange rotor Cutter 108 Part No 40677

Cutter 108

TECHNICAL DATA

Weight 19 kg In-/outlet Ø108Motor power 0.75 kW 50 Hz 60 HzRotation speed 2800 rpm 3400 rpmVoltage 220–240/ 254–277/ 360–415 440–480

95

Work Station Equipment8

8

Page 96: Internationalenglish 2015 all

447201

8455

Flap valve 50/76 with microswitch.

dmax/D A Control Finish Part No

38/50 mm X38 --- peened aluminum 323038/50 mm X38 micro-switch peened aluminum 843938/50 mm X38 --- white enamel 323138/50 mm X38 micro-switch white enamel 8453

Accessories

Part No 3219 Installation set with straight joint

Part No 3218 Installation set with 90o joint

Installation Examples

Wall outlets are available with two fi nishes; peened aluminum or white enamel.

Flap Valves

Flap Valves with micro-switch and attached lead

Part No 8455 Flap valve 50/76 (X50 connection)with micro-switch c/w 3 m lead and terminal box.

Part No 447201 Handle to upper valve.

Wall OutletsFor removable connection of the suction hose. Th e suction hose must be equipped with a connecting sleeve. Installed in the wall with an installation kit, these provide a fi nished, fl ush mounted outlet valve. Th e valve body with spring loaded fl ap is installed after the wall is fi nished. On systems with on demand start-stop, the wall outlet should be equipped with a micro-switch. Th is will give a start-stop signal for vacuum producer control.

For removable connection of the suction hose to the tubing system. Th e spring loaded fl ap is opened manually and the hose cuff is inserted into the valve body. On systems with on demand start-stop, the fl ap valve should be equipped with a micro-switch. Th is will give a start-stop signal for vacuum producer control.

dmax/D A Microswitch Part No

38/50 mm X38 No 3232

38/50 mm X38 Yes 8454

50/50 mm X50 No 3070

50/50 mm X50 Yes 8433

50/76 mm X50 No 3006

50/76 mm X50 Yes 8272

76/76 mm X76 No 3237

96

Work Station Equipment 8

Page 97: Internationalenglish 2015 all

G3G2½

Ø 76 Ø 76

U

D

B

C

Dimensions, Installation

dmax/G A Cover Part No

50mm/G21/2 X50 stainless steel 323976mm/G3 X76 stainless steel 3238

TECHNICAL DATA Part No Max point load Max total load

3238 180 kg 360 kg 3239 180 kg 360 kg

Accessories

Clean Room Wall and Floor OutletTh e outlet can be used in ”clean room environments”. For removable connection of the suction hose. Th e spring loaded cover is fl ush with the fl oor and can be opened with a special tool, see below. Th e fl oor outlet’s connection to the tubing system is a standard NPT 2 ½”/ 3” thread. Connection is prepared then screwed in when the fl oor covering is installed.

Th e fl oor valves must be installed so that the tubing system carries the stress or so that the valve’s body ( A ) is installed on a level sub-surface. Floor outlets can be specially ordered with micro-switches.

Valve dim. Part No

B C D

G21/2 40378 7443+7428 40201G3 40377 7442+7428 40201

Floor outlets are available with stainless steel or brass covers.

97

Work Station Equipment8

8

Page 98: Internationalenglish 2015 all

32250184059

33683369

Wall mounting

Hol

e in

wal

l 8

5 an

d 1

04 m

m =

X38

/50

Rubber- bend

Inductive sensor (optional)

Anchor plate

Wall mounting plate

Anchor plate

For wooden and raised fl oors

Anchor plate

Wall and Floor Outlet , Clean RoomTh e wall and fl oor outlet is designed to meet the requirement for clean room application. Th e valve body is antistatic and made of pre-stressed polypropylene. Th e exposed surfaces of the valve are brushed stainless steel.

Th e outlet is made for both wall and fl oor mounting.

Cover wall mounting plate and spring replacement are possible without removing and replacing the valve body.

Low profi le for mounting even in thin wall partitions.

Outlet optionally equipped with inductive sensor for auto start - stop.

Select cleaning accessories Ø 32 , 38 or 50 mm.

Part No 322501, X38/50Part No 84059, X38/50 with sensor

Part No 3368, X50/76Part No 3369, X50/76 with sensor

For poured concrete fl oor

Description Part No Part No X38/50 X50/76Wall mounting plate high 42783 432165

Rubber bend 90° 2043, Ø 50 2180, Ø 76/50

Straight joint 2044 3007

Anchor plate 42264 42950

Cover opener 40201 40201

Connector cleanroom 38 outlet 42292 -

O-ring 49,5 * 3 shore 50 nitril 40451 -

ounting

Anchor p

Rube

(option

Accessories

Hol

e in

wal

l 1

04 a

nd 1

18 m

m =

X50

/76

98

Work Station Equipment 8

Page 99: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Solenoid Valve Part No. V

8088 24 V AC8054 230 V8026 24 V DC

Manual Shutter Valves

Electrical Shutter ValveWhen a shutter needs to be electrically controlled, use an automatic shutter valve, as above, in combination with a solenoid valve as shown here.

Electrically driven shutter valves can be built for special applications. Note that the speed of the gate will be much slower for an electrical shutter than for a standard shutter.

Manual shutter valves are used for stationary machine connection or in cases where a permanent hose connection is desired. By pulling the handle the valve opens. On systems with on demand start-stop, the shutter valve should be equipped with a micro-switch. Th is will give a start-stop signal for vacuum producer control.

Shutter Valve AutoTh e shutter valve has a stainless steel gate actuated by a pneumatic cylinder. For applications on work stations and in the tubing system. With intermittent start-stop, a pressure switch is installed using a ”T” fi tting in the compressed air supply. Th is provides an electrical start-stop signal to the vacuum producer. For valve position sensing, cylinder switches are optional available

*/ Note! Shutter Valve Ø 200 and Ø 250 only for clean air and to single step fans (10 kPa max).**/ For demanding environments.

D Control Part No

Ø 50 mm --- 805201Ø 50 mm micro-switch 809101Ø 76 mm --- 804300 Ø 76 mm micro-switch 809200Ø 108 mm --- 808300Ø 160 mm --- 8254Ø 200 mm*/ --- 8017Ø 250 mm*/ --- 8016

*/ Note! Shutter Valve Ø 200 and Ø 250 only for clean air.

V Part No

76 EL 230 804411108 EL 230 808407160 EL 230 825407

D Part No

Ø 50 mm 805308

Ø 76 mm 804408

Ø 108 mm 808404

Ø 108 mm 808408 **/

Ø 160 mm 825404

Ø 200 mm*/ 807500

Ø 250 mm*/ 807800

99

Work Station Equipment8

8

Page 100: Internationalenglish 2015 all

8020

P

8 0 4 7

Pneumatic Tool Pneumatic Tool + man

Electric Tool Electric Tool + man

Stationary Machine Stationary Machine, 2

Accessories Shutter Valve Auto and El

Manual, intermittentstart/stop

Connection Schematic

Installed on pneumatic cylinders to supply electrical signals for start-stop control of vacuum producer. Gives signal when valve is opened.Part No 8047 Pressure Switch

Required for installation of the 8047 Pressure Switch.Part No 8152 T Fitting

For manual actuation of auto shutters. Part No 8040 Manual Switch

Actuates an auto shutter when installed in compressed air supply to a pneumatic tool. Controls on demand extraction. 8020 should be supported by compressed air according to PNEUROP 6611 CLASS 3. CA supply must be clean and dry, 90 PSI recommended.Part No 8020 Flow Valve

A separate solenoid is used for example, on stationary machines and in connection with a manual switch. Th e solenoid is connected pneumatically to the auto shutter. Generally installed in control panel of the subject machine.Part No 8026 Solenoid 24 V DCPart No 8054 Solenoid 230 V ACPart No 8088 Solenoid 24 V AC

Auto-start control is used for on demand extraction for electric tools ( max 8 amps on subject tool). Th e auto-start current sensor closes a relay to give solenoid actuation of an auto shutter.Part No 8196 Auto-start 230 VAC

Accessories continued on the next page

½” Air supply, 6 bar

100

Work Station Equipment 8

Page 101: Internationalenglish 2015 all

4942

8001 8002

Welding Welding + man

Connection Schematic

AccessoriesPart No 4942 Silencer Ø 100 300/200

Used for automatic control of extraction in induction welding applications. Striking an arc will cause the current sensor to close a relay. In turn the relay causes solenoid actuation of an auto shutter. Th is control must be supplied with 24 V AC, 0,5 A.Part No 8168 Welding Auto-startwith current sensor

Supply transformer for 8168 Welding Auto-startPart No 8029 Transformer 230/24 V AC 4 A

Th e vacuum relief valve bleeds in air at the pre-set relief level and can be installed at the outermost point on a tubing system. Th e valve will introduce transport air into the system when the pressure in the system exceeds the setting of the vacuum relief valve.Part No 8001 Vacuum Relief Valve ø76Part No 8002 Vacuum Relief Valve ø108

Vacuum Relief Valve

Accessories Shutter Valve Auto and El

101

Work Station Equipment8

8

Page 102: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Connection Schematic Extraction Arms

AutoMan

ø76

Dimensions, Extraction Arm

Fume Extraction Arm

Extraction arm for welding fume etc. Th is articulated arm is easily adjusted to the correct working position. Th e hood is equipped with a 24 V 50 W halogen work lamp and dual switches for lamp and Shutter Valve El control. Th e 76 mm Extraction arm should always be installed with 1 m of 76 mm hose between the arm and tubing system.ø76 Part No 590102

TECHNICAL DATA Qnom pnom

Ø76 400 m3/h 3 kPa

In high pressure systems, the extraction arms may require a restrictive plate to compensate pressure for suitable air fl ow.

102

Work Station Equipment 8

Page 103: Internationalenglish 2015 all

5726

5725

7331/7332

7330/7308

kPa p

2,5

2,0

1,5

1,0

0,5

00 100 200 300 400 500

Q

m3/h

ø50

ø76

5725

5726

Swingarm for Flexpipe

Mounting alternatives

Dimensions

Pressure Loss Swingarm

Q

m3/h

kPa p

2,5

2,0

1,5

1,0

0,5

00 100 200 300 400 500

ø50

ø76

Pressure Loss Flexpipe

In high pressure systems, the fl expipe may require a restrictive plate to compensate pressure for suitable air fl ow.

Th e Flexpipe reach can be increased with swingarm installation. Th e swingarm length is easily adjusted by either cutting the horizontal tube or by replacing it with a longer tube from the standard tubing system, max. 3 m for Ø 50 and max. 4 m for Ø 76. Th e swingarm may be equipped with suction hose but should not be loaded with anymore than the weight of the hose itself.Ø 50 Part No 5725

Ø 76 Part No 5726

FlexpipeDustcontrol’s Flexpipe is a type of extraction arm for source extrac-tion of welding fume, chemical vapors, wood dust, etc. Th e fl expipe is a fl exible hose that can be placed in practically any ori entation desired.Diameter of the Flexpipe is small and it can be used very close to the source without disturbing the work. Extraction is very eff ective.

Part No. 7330 7308 7331 7332

Inner Diameter ø 50 ø 50 ø 76 ø 76Tubing System Connection joint ø 50 joint ø 50 joint ø 76 joint ø 76Length 700 mm 1 m 700 m 1 mAir Flow 80–200 m3/h 80–200 m3/h 200–450 m3/h 200–450 m3/h

103

Work Station Equipment8

8

Page 104: Internationalenglish 2015 all

5740

Special

kPa p

3

2

1

00 100 200 300 400

Q

m3/h

864,53,52,5

Swingarms

Dimensions Mounting Alternatives

Swingarms are used to increase the working envelope without increasing hose lengths. Optionally, tools can be suspended from the swingarm.Part No 5720 2.5 mPart No 5721 3.5 mPart No 5722 4.5 mPart No 5723 6 mPart No 5724 8 m

AccessoriesTh e suspension track is installed on the inner link of the swingarm.Part No 5740 Linear Suspension Track

Pressure Loss Swingarm

Part No 5720 + 5740

Part No 5721 + 5740

Part No 5722 + 5740

Part No 5723 + 5740

Part No 5724 + 5740

104

Work Station Equipment 8

Page 105: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Ceiling, Part No 7503/7506 Wall, Part No 7504/7505

Make hole

Hose guide installed up-wards.

Hose guide instal-led outwards.

DC Hose Reel

DC Hose Reel 38/50 is the second generation of our spring operated hose reel and is a complete redesign. Due to its smooth operation the DC Hose Reel 38/50 is very user friendly. Simply pull down the hose and it locks in the desired position. Pull it again and the hose rewinds to the starting position.

Th e sealed drum guarantees smooth operation and protects the hose from every day wear and tear. Th e DC Hose Reel 38/50 can be installed either on the ceiling (Part No 7503, 7506) or on the wall (Part No 7504, 7505).

DC Hose Reel 38/50 is more sturdy than its predecessor and has a longer reach and a wider radius of action due to the extended hose. Hence the sealed drum is not pivotal anymore and mounted in a fi xed position instead.

Part No 7503 Hose Reel 38 mm, complete, ceiling

Part No 7504 Hose Reel 38 mm, complete, wall

Part No 7505 Hose Reel 50 mm, complete, wall

Part No 7506 Hose Reel 50 mm, complete, ceiling

TECHNICAL DATA 38 mm 50 mm

Hose Part No/length, antistatic 2013/8 m/26 ft., Ø 50 mm/2 in. + 2012/2 m/6 ft., Ø 38mm/1.5 in. 2013/10 m Ø 50 mm/2 in.

Connection diameter Ø 50 mm/2 in. Ø 50 mm/2 in.

Compressed air supply min 5 bar (75 psi) min 5 bar (75 psi)

Recommended air-fl ow 100-150 m3/h 150-320 m3/h

For specifi c information about the hoses - Material properties Hoses. 105

Work Station Equipment8

8

Page 106: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Control Systems

106

Control Systems 9

Page 107: Internationalenglish 2015 all

About Control SystemsTh e control system is used for the starting and stopping of the vacuum producer, turbo pump or high pressure fan. Th ey also control fi lter cleaning and give condition indications. In the system control panels, additional functions can be built in by selecting options.Control systems must be installed by a certifi ed electrician. Th e control panels conform to electrical protection class IP 54 (IC529). Manufacturing standards conform to EN60204 (IEC204-1), VDE0113A2/381, DIN 57113A2. Main fuses and working disconnects are not included in the control panels.

System Control PanelsSelect confi guration of system control panel by optional additional digits.

ExampleSystem Control Panel 86 Standard (IP54, painted cabinet) 861 1 pump 8611 18.5 kW 86119 400 V, 50 Hz 861196 Solenoid valves 24 V AC 861196 1 Filter cleaning S 32000: After stop and man 861196 15 Airlock control 160 861196 151 Clean out/Flush valves 2 pcs. 861196 1512Electronic clock/External signal: No 861196 15120 Lighting + power point 230V 6A in cabinet 861196 151202

System control panels are always delivered with

• Main switch• All condition indications and manoeuvres on display at front• PLC-control• Motor circuit breaker• Function for start and stop of pump/fan with soft start • Pulse control for fi lter cleaning• Start from external signal, prepared for intermittent run (10 min

stop delay)• Manual start on display• Timers for fi lter cleaning and intermittent run can be altered on

display• Connection of thermal protection (pumps of 11 kW and more)• Condition indications and alarms on display• Start on demand for lag pumps/fans (panels for 2 and 3 vacuum

producers)• Signal for shutter valve shutting at start (fans)

All condition indications and manoeuvres on display at front of system control cabinet.

Dimensions (base confi guration)

Measure Height Width Depth

1 pump/fan 2.5–11 kW 600 380 210

1 pump/fan 15–22 kW 700 500 250

1 pump/fan 30–37 kW 800 600 250

2 pump/fan 2.5–11 kW 800 600 250

2 pump/fan 15–22 kW 760 760 300

2 pump/fan 30–37 kW 1000 800 300

3 pump/fan 2.5–11 kW 1000 800 300

3 pump/fan 15–22 kW 1200 800 300

3 pump/fan 30–37 kW 1200 1000 300

107

Control Systems9

9

Page 108: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Control Systems for USA/Canada

System Control Panels

Base System Control panels are confi gured with;

• Lockable Main disconnect• Fusing on main feed and control fusing• LED Indicators• Pilot Devices for Operation• Direct magnetic motor starter• Motor overload protection • Pulse control for fi lter cleaning• PLC Control• Connection for Turbo pump Th ermal KLIXON• NEMA 12 Enclosure

Dustcontrol maintains a policy of active development for controls and control systems and recognizes that there are more ”special control” confi gurations available than basic. Th e basic panel confi guration above is the minimum required for the basic operation of an extraction system. When your requirements, or the requirements of the system, become more complex, we will be there. We can customize a control solution for you, from basic to complex multiple system architectures and everything in-between.

Some examples of options available:

• Reduced Voltage StartersSometimes referred to as a soft-start. Th ese devices are pre-progammed to give a gradual application of voltage as a motor starts. Th ey usually slow the motor start to 5 or 10 seconds and reduce the current in-rush to the motor. Th is results in less stress on electrical and mechanical parts and contributes to enhanced reliability of motors, starter components, overloads and the vacuum producer. Let us show you the benefi ts.

• Variable Frequency DrivesCommonly referred to as VFD’s or drives. Th ese devices allow us to program and control the behavior of the motor. Th e available parameters in a VFD let us, not only soft start your vacuum producer, but provide a whole range of operational parameters to make your system smarter. VFD’s can be demand controlled by a PLC to provide vacuum production on demand. Ramp up when the system usage requires it and idle back to save you energy when system utilization is low. As well as the enhanced control, VFD’s provide an un-paralleled degree of feedback for trouble shooting and power quality diagnostics

Dustcontrol USA supplied electrical control panels are UL listed and bear the serialized UL mark listing.

Dustcontrol Canada supplied electrical control pa-nels are CSA approved and bear the CSA mark.

• Touch ScreensTouch Screens can be added to a system control to give the operator more input/output capability. A standard black and white screen can be used to replace indicator lamps and pilot devices and is easily justifi ed on a cost basis. Larger and higher resolution color screens let us program more enhanced feedback for the user and allow the user access to parameters that would not be available from PB’s and indicator lamps. Access to diff erent parameters can be password protected, supervisors can adjust fi lter cleaning directly, for example.

• SensorsDustcontrol can use many diff erent types of sensors in the extraction system to inform the control and operators of diff ering system conditions.

• Proximity Sensors - monitor levels in silos.• Ultrasonic sensors - monitor fi lling levels in containers.• Temperature sensors - monitor motor, pump and exhaust temp.• Flow sensors - control velocity and fl ow rate.• CT Coil - montior current demand on a vacuum producer.• Inductive Position Sensors - feedback on an object’s position

• Network Ready Architecture: we can program the PLC to be network ready and have access to the World Wide Web. Web access ads a whole range of possibilities; remote monitoring, remote diagnostics and software upgrades over the web.

108

Control Systems 9

Page 109: Internationalenglish 2015 all

System Control Panel

Starter

Starter for manual or microswitch start

Part No 8117, 2.5 kW, 400 V

Part No 8119, 2.5 kW, 230 V

Part No 8132 Starter for microswitch or manual start and function for automatic fi lter cleaning.

109

Control Systems9

9

Page 110: Internationalenglish 2015 all

DC Green System

• Lower power consumption

• No micro switches

• Higher peak performance

• Optimum suction performance

at all times

• Increased lifetime of the va-

cuum system

Why not reduce your carbon footprint and at the same time cut your costs?

DC 11-Module with DC Greensystem

Dustcontrol´s patented DC Green System is a system for the control of vacuum producers that helps to save energy. Th e DC Green System together with our vacuum producers (radial blowers and turbo pumps), can potentially off er you an energy saving with existing or new Dustcontrol vacuum producers of between 40 and 90 percent.

Depending on the number of open outlets, the RPM of the vacuum producer is optimized by the DC Green System, generating just as much vacuum as needed. By using a sophisticated on-demand control with a frequency converter, the maximum performance is also increased compared to a normal system. When no outlets are open the vacuum producer automatically switches to a saving mode. Th is eliminates the need for electrical microswitches at each work station.

Depending on individual cases and the current market price of electricity; payback time for the purchase of the DC Green System is generally between 1-5 years. In summary, lower energy consumption contributes to economic savings, less environmental impact and an increased life span of the equipment.

Your Dustcontrol contact can calculate the estimated saving in your case.

110

Control Systems 9

Page 111: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Dustcontrol DC Green System™

With a 15 kW vacuum producer and a traditional vacuum system, the RPM is almost constant, no matter if the entire plant is using the system or if one employee is using the system.

With a 15 kW vacuum producer with DC Green System the RPM and energy use is matched with the number of people using the system at the same time.

Traditional Vacuum System

Part of total working hours

Number of users

Part of total working hours

Number of users

111

Control Systems9

9

Page 112: Internationalenglish 2015 all

DC Green System for 1 turbopump

Part No 87 1 1 4 E 1 3 0 0 0 0D

C G

reen

Sys

tem

Cat

egor

y

Vac

uum

Pro

duce

r

Pow

er

Ele

ctric

al S

uppl

y

Vol

tage

Sol

enoi

d V

alve

s

Filte

r Cle

anin

gD

isch

arge

Shu

tter v

alve

s

El.

Clo

ck/E

xter

nal s

igna

Ext

ras

CATEGORY FILTER CLEANING1 Standard 1 S11/21000: After stop, man and during run 3

S32000: After stop, man and during run 6VACUUM PRODUCER S34000: After stop, man and during run 9

1 pump 1DISCHARGE

No 0POWER Airlock 160 1

11 kW 6 Airlock >160 215 kW 8 Discharge valve 318,5 kW P-pump 9 Auger Compactor 422 kW P-pump A30 kW P-pump B SHUTTER VALVES18,5 kW S-pump D No 022 kW S-pump E Clean out valve 1 pcs. 130 kW S-pump F Clean out valves 2 pcs. 2

Clean out valves 3 pcs. 3ELECTRICAL SUPPLY Clean out valves 4 pcs. 4

380-480V, 50/60 Hz E Shutting off valvel (filter unit) 5

VOLTAGE SOLENOID VALVES ELECTRONIC CLOCK/EXTERNAL SIGNAL24 VAC (Standard) 1 No 024 VDC 2 Electronic clock weekly, external 1110 VAC 3 Electronic clock weekly, internal PLC (RTS) 2230 VAC 4 External alarm signal 3

External operation signal - pump/fun runningt 4External switch - start requirement 5

EXTRASNo 0Power point 230V 6A in cabinet 1Lighting + power point 230V 6A in cabinet 22 pressure sensors 33 pressure sensors 44 pressure sensors 5

Selections, DC Green System

112

Control Systems 9

Page 113: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Mobile Dust Extractors

113

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 114: Internationalenglish 2015 all

A B

DC 1800DC 2900cDC 2900aDC 2800 H Asbestos

DC 5900c/a 4 kW/PTFE/10 HPDC 5800 TRDC 11-Module 5.5 kW/10 HP

DC 5900c/a 4 kW/PTFE/10 HPDC 5800 TRDC 11-Module 5.5 kW/10 HP

DC 3800c turboDC 3800iDC 3900aDC 3900cDC 3800 TR SDC 3800 StationaryDC 3900c TwinDC 3800c Twin turbo

DC 3800c turboDC 3800iDC 3900aDC 3900cDC 3800 TR SDC 3800 StationaryDC 3900c TwinDC 3800c Twin turbo

• Chipper• Reciprocating Saw• Diamond saw • Hammer Drill• Small die grinders • Circular saw• Depressed centre disc Ø5”/125

• Depressed centre disc Ø7” & 9”/230 • Cutting disc Ø7” & 9”/230 • Chasing disc 2 x Ø6”/150 • Chipping tool • Floor grinding Ø16”–20”/400–500

Syst

emD

ust E

xtra

ctor

Type

of w

ork

• Cutting disc Ø5”/125• Wall grinder Ø5”/125 • Sanding disc Ø5”/125 • Orbital sander• Cleaning Ø1.5”/38 • General cleaning• Welding, small extraction point

• Descaling tool • Straight grinder • Circular saw • Reciprocating Saw• Cleaning Ø2”/50

Ø1.5”x 6’ +Ø2”x15’Ø38x2m+Ø50x5m

Ø1.5”x15’Ø38 x 5m

Ø1.5”x 6’+Ø2”X15’Ø38x2m+Ø50x5m

Ø1.5” x 6’ +Ø2” x15’Ø38x2m+Ø50x5m

Ø2”x 100’Ø50x30m

Ø2” x80’Ø50x25m

114

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 115: Internationalenglish 2015 all

C EDØ38 5 m

DC 5900c 9.2 kW/15 HP S DC 50, 75 - WDC 5900c/a 4 kW/PTFE/10 HPDC 5800 TRDC 11-Module 5.5 kW/10 HP

• Floor grinding more than Ø 20” /500

• Depressed centre disc Ø12” /300 • Cutting disc Ø12” /300 • Concrete mill ing tool

SystemType of w

orkD

ust Extractor

Suction Lance Ø3” 76 Wet vac

DC 5900c 9.2 kW/15 HP S

• Grinding disc Ø12” /300• Brick saw Ø16” /400 • Suction lance Ø3” /76 • Cleaning Ø2” /50

Ø2”x50’+Ø3”x165’Ø50x15m+Ø76x50m

Ø2”x25’ Ø50x7.5m+ Preseparator

Ø3”x165’ Ø76x50m+ Preseparator

Ø3” x 25’ Ø76x7.5m+ Preseparator

115

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 116: Internationalenglish 2015 all

116

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 117: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Dust Extractor Selection Advice

1. Capacity/WeightCheck the capacity of the unit in relation to its weight and portability. Th e motor power does not determine capacity, but rather air fl ow and vacuum generation (cfm/m3/h x inwg/kPa) available to the operator (normally at 40–80 inwg/10-20 kPa). (Th e lower the unit weight for comparable capacity, the easier the unit will be to move and use.)

2. Material HandlingDust, bulky materials, chips and strips can be collected and transported with vacuum. When the material volume is large, effi cient handling saves time and money. Ergonomic handling of the unit and the collected material is also import ant. Th e system design should minimize the possibility of dust contamination during collection bag and fi lter changes. Th e dust collected in the system should be contained during these activities.

3. Sound LevelEven in environments where the sound level is not considered harmful, remember that each additional source increases the overall level. Compare the sound level rating of the unit with measurements from the subject environ ment. To have a zero net gain, the sound level of the unit should be at least 5 dB(A) below the ambient level.

4. FiltrationChoose the fi ltration system so the unit does not lose capacity after several minutes of use. Dustcontrol dust extractors separate the dust in three inter-related steps:

1. Separation of coarse material in the cyclone – A good quality cyclone has the right characteristics relative to thecapacity of the vacuum producer. Generally, the longer the cyclone, the better.

2. Fine fi ltration – Th e fi ne fi lter protects the HEPA fi lter and has a lower replacement cost. To extend the life of the HEPA fi lter, Dust-control recommends that you replace the fi ne fi lter frequently. A conical pleated fi lter cartridge achieves the highest air to cloth ratio of any fi lter design on the market. Th e machine should also have a fi lter condition indicator and an eff ective fi lter cleaning system. For some applications, such as concrete fl oor grinding, you may require a PTFE or Tefl on™ coated fi ne fi lter.

3. HEPA fi ltration – Do not compromise your health, very close to 100 % fi lter effi ciency is achievable. When the air is exhausted back into the working environment, a HEPA H13 fi lter is highly recom-mended. If elimination of hazardous dust is the target, then why release respirable dust back into the working environment?

5. Suction CasingsDustcontrol developed the source extraction concept 35 years ago! Source extraction is the most eff ective method for maintaining a clean working environment. A Dustcontrol suction casing captures dust or fume directly at the point of generation. Practically all popular hand power tools can be equipped with a suction casing. Recently, some machine manufacturers have integrated their own suction casings.

With Dustcontrol’s connecting sleeves, part nos. 2109 (1”/25mm), 2132 (1.25”/32mm) or 2114 (1.5”/38mm), they can connect to Dustcontrol dust extractors. Enjoy dust-free operation of your hand held tools by upgrading to a Dustcontrol dust extractor.

6. ApplicationsConcrete DustTough applications, such as concrete grinding, demand a lot from a dust extractor and fi lter. Since there are high volumes of very fi ne particulate, you may need a PTFE fi lter or Tefl on™ treated fi lter. A pre-separator is also recommended for large fl oor grinding machines. Th e DC 3800 Twin with Tefl on™ fi lter or the DC5800 with PTFE fi lter are the most suitable dust extractors for this type of work.

FluidsAll Dustcontrol’s dust extractors can be used for vacuuming non-fl ammable liquids in small quantities. However, Dustcontrol also off ers a dedicated liquid extractor for larger quantities such as concrete coring.

Metal Chip/SwarfA steel container is preferred when vacuuming sharp items such as metal chips. All dust extractors can be ordered with a steel container.

Hazardous MaterialsSpecial precautions must be taken when dealing with hazardous materials such as silica dust and PCB (health hazardous chemicals). First, a machine with at least a HEPA H13 fi lter is a must. Second, suction casings are needed for your tools to avoid hazardous dust becoming airborne. Th ird, an additional air-cleaner is required to clean the air in your working environment. Finally, protect yourself with mask, eye-wear, and protective clothing.

Explosive EnvironmentsNot only liquids or gases can be explosive. Also very fi ne dust particles mixed with air can be explosive. A tiny spark from a static discharge or a mechanical spark can set off an explosion inside a dust extractor. NFPA 68 as well as other NFPA regulations stipulate certain arrangements, confi gurations and measures for design of a dust extraction or vacuum cleaning system intended for use with an explosive dust. Dustcontrol can design your system for compliance and foremost, safe operation with respect to these engineering guidlines.

7. The Right SizeTwo things determine the most suitable dust extractor required for a given application:

First, the size of the suction casing/nozzle, combined with the type of operation, determines the required airfl ow. In turn this infl uences the choice of a suitable dust extractor, taking into account the fi lter area and the dimension of the inlet.

Second, the longer the hose and tubing-runs, the greater the pressure drop in the system will be. Greater pressure generation is required from the dust extractor when handling large quantities of material (heavy cleaning, suction lance etc.)

117

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 118: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Dust extractors are used to improve the working environment and to reduce levels of hazardous dust to a minimum. For these reasons it is very critical to have an effi cient separation of fi ne dust in the fi lter system. In our dust extractors we always operate with a fi ne fi lter that will separate the largest amount of dust. But to also capture almost 100 % of the fi nest - and most dangerous - particles, we always fi nish off the design with a HEPA H13 fi lter. To guarantee that the fi lter complies with relevant environment regulations, some common standards are used. Th ey are described in the following.

Test methodsTh e test methods of current standards for dust extractors and fi lters are always based on particle counting. By injecting particles before the fi lter and by monitoring the concentration before and after the fi lter, the penetration can be calculated (a penetration of 0.1 % is equal to a degree of separation of 99.9 %). Th e test is executed in several steps by individually examining the fi lter media, the complete fi lter cartridge and in some cases, also the complete unit.

HEPA fi lters - High Effi ciency Particulate Air fi ltersIn the classifi cation of HEPA fi lters, Dustcontrol uses the strict HEPA standard (EN 1822:2009). It is divided into diff erent levels (E10 to H14) depending on fi ltration effi ciency. Dustcontrol applies level H13 which can separate up to 99.95 % of the particles, with a particle size between 0.15 to 0.30 μm. Th is particle size is used because it is the hardest to separate - both larger and smaller particles are easier to capture in a fi lter.

Dust extractorsIn IEC-60335-2-69 (EN-60335-2-69) dust extractors are classifi ed into three categories – L for low, M for medium and H for high– where the H category is the most severe (Note! do not confuse this “H” with that in HEPA H13). Th e category required for a specifi c application is decided on the basis of the permitted maximum concentration for working places (MAK) for that type of dust.

Th e test according to IEC.60335-2-69 consists of two parts.1. Test of fi lter system (in our case a fi ne fi lter and a HEPA H13 fi lter).

To achieve category H at a separation degree of 99.995 %, 90 % of the test particles must be smaller than 1.0 μm. Our fi ne fi lters comply with category M and our HEPA H13 fi lters with category H.

2. Test of assembled unit - in our case this applies to a complete dust extractor. Here it also requires 99.995 % effi ciency, however 10 % of the particles must be smaller than 1.0 μm, 22 % smaller then 2.0 μm and 75 % smaller than 5.0 μm.

Th e fi lter systems of Dustcontrol dust extractors are built to comply with the tough IEC machine classifi cation H.

Classifi cation of dust extractors and HEPA fi lters

Dustcontrol uses conical pleated fi lters in all extraction units. A pleated fi lter has a very large area in relation to it’s physical size. Th e extraction units can therefore be compact in relation to the fi lter area they contain.Only original Dustcontrol fi lters are tested and approved. Use of non-original spare parts will void the Dustcontrol warranty and dust leaks could occur which may be hazardous to the employee’s health.Th e fi lters are certifi ed according to current European requirements for dust extraction. Th is assures that with correct handling, an optimum fi ltration is achieved. Follow the instructions concerning the handling of fi lters so that they can be changed without exposure to hazardous dust.

The fi lter mounting system makes it possible to place a containment bag over the unit during fi lter changes to minimise the potential for dust release.

Comparing notes• A strand of human hair is approx. 100 μm in diameter.• Particles smaller than 10 μm are not visible by the naked eye.• A particle of tobacco smoke is on average 0.01 to 1.00 μm.• Most bacteria are between 0.35 to 10.0 μm.• Almost all viruses are smaller than 0.03 μm.(μm = micron)

118

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 119: Internationalenglish 2015 all

* IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission ** Part 1: 90 % < 1.0 μm Part 2: 10 % < 1.0 μm 22 % < 2.0 μm 75 % < 5.0 μm

NAME STANDARD CLASSIFICATION EFFICIENCY PARTICLE SIZE EXAMPLE MAK DESIGNATION (Max. Concentration for Workplace)

L = > 99 % > 1.0 mg/m3

M = > 99.9 % > 0.1 mg/m3

IEC* standard IEC 60335-2-69 H = > 99.995 %

0.1 - 5.0 μm** H = 99.995 % < 0.1 mg/m3 and carcinogenic substances

H asbestos = > 99.995 % < 0.1 mg/m3 and carcinogenic substances incl asbestos

NAME STANDARD DESIGNATION CLASSIFICATION EFFICIENCY PARTICLE SIZE EXAMPLE

E10 85 % E11 95 % EN 1822-1998 E12 99.5 % HEPA* H13 99.95 % MPPS**** between 0.15–0.30 μm HEPA H13 = 99.95 % DOP** US IAW MIL-STD 282, 1956)*** 99.97 % 0.30 μm DOP 99.97 %

* High Effi ciency Particle Air fi lter, ** DOP: Dioctyl Phthalate, *** IAW: The Indications, Analysis, and Warnings Program, **** Most Penetrating Particle Size

* IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission **Part 1: 90 % < 1.0 μm Part 2: 10 % < 1.0 μm 22 % < 2.0 μm 75 % < 5.0 μm

Classifi cation of HEPA fi lters - according to EN 1822:1998

Classifi cation of our dust extractors

119

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 120: Internationalenglish 2015 all

AntistaticThe DC 1800 Antistatic is delivered with the following hose set:• Antistatic hose set Ø 1.5”/38 mm x 15’/

5 m (Part Nos 2012+2108+2114)

Single-Phase Dust ExtractorsDC 1800 eco – no light-weight but only 14 kg/31 lbs!Th e DC 1800 is suitable for general cleaning and source extraction from handheld power tools (with up to 5” suction casings) and small table saws. Th e DC 1800 is small, lightweight and ideal for those that need a highly portable machine that is powerful enough for source extraction. With its low weight, it is easy to carry onto the job site and can be easily stored or rolled under a workbench. Th e sturdy construction is perfect for the demands of the construction and machine rental industry, but also for anyone that needs a light yet powerful dust extractor. Th e DC 1800 is equipped with a steel container and a plastic bag is used inside the container.

DC 1800 eco Autostart: Connect the subject electric tool to the electrical outlet on unit. Set the selector switch to the AUTO position. Th e unit will start automatically when the subject tool is started.Part No 101800 230 V/50 HzPart No 101801 230 V/50 Hz Auto startPart No 101808 1285 W, eco, CHPart No 101810 115 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 101820 230 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 101830 115 V/60 Hz, US/CANPart No 101880 eco XL, 230 V, EUPart No 101881 eco XL, 230 V, Auto start, EU

All the single-phase dust extractors in this chapter are equipped with a fi ne fi lter and a HEPA fi lter (H 13). Filter cleaning is achieved with a reverse air pulse cleaning system which is very eff ective, done without release of collected dust and the unit does not need to be disassembled. Th e fi lter system also allows for ergonomic and dust-free fi lter changes.

A highly portable machine, powerful enough for source extraction and eff ective vacuum cleaning.

DC 1800 ecoThe DC 1800 is delivered with the following:• Suction hose (Ø 38) 5 m (Part No 2105)• Aluminium fl oor tool B 370,1.5”/38

mm (Part No 7235)• Chrome steel wand Ø 1.5” /38 mm

(Part No 7257)• Plastic sacks (Part No 42291)• Basket for plastic sack (Part No 42369)• Fine fi lter, cellulose (Part No 42029) • HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42027)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 1800 eco

Weight,lbs/kg 31/14

Max Q, cfm/m3/h 114/190

Max vacuum, inwg/kPa 115/230 V 84/21/24

Power consumption max 115/230 V 1200/1340/1285 W

Sound level 68 dB(A)

120

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 121: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Antistatic DC 2900c

The DC 2900c Antistatic is delivered with the following hose set:• Antistatic hose set Ø 1.5”/38 mm x

15’/5m (Part Nos 2012+2108+2114)

DC 2800H ENTSee DC 2900a

DC 2900aThe DC 2900a is delivered with the following:• Antistatic hose set Ø 1.5”/38 mm

x15’/5m (Part Nos 2012+2108+2114)• Aluminium fl oor tool B370” Ø1.5”/

38 mm (Part No 7235)• Chrome steel wand Ø1.5”/38 mm (Part

No 7257)• Container 10.5 gal./40l (Part No 40070)• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 42028)– HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42027)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 2900a

Weight, lbs/kg 42/19Max Q, cfm/m3/h 114/190 Max vacuum, inwg/kPa 115/230 V 84/21/24Power consumption max115/230 V 1340/1285 WSound level 68 dB(A)

DC 2900 – A shiny improvement Th e DC 2900 is our most popular dust extractor. It is suitable for vacuum cleaning and source extraction from handheld power tools (with up to 5” suction casings) and small table saws. Th e DC 2900 has a sturdy steel chassis with big wheels, but is still lightweight and portable.Th e DC 2900 can be ordered with a plastic bag (DC 2900c) or with a steel container (DC 2900a). Collection in a steel container makes the DC 2900a ideal for use with sharp items such as metal chips.

DC 2900 Autostart: Connect the subject electric tool to the electrical outlet on unit. Set the selector switch to the AUTO position. Th e unit will start automatically when the subject tool is started.

DC 2800H ENT: Based on the DC 2900a and has a switch letting the user to choose the level of air fl ow at which a warning signal shall be given.

DC 2900a Eco (with barrel)Part No 121000 230 V/50 HzPart No 121003 230V/50 Hz, UKPart No 121008 230 V, CHPart No 121013 115 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 121015 115 V/60 Hz, US/CANPart No 121100 230 V/50 Hz, Auto startPart No 121103 230 V/50 Hz, Auto start,UK

DC 2900c Eco(with sack)Part No 120000 230 V/50 HzPart No 120003 230 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 120008 230 V, CHPart No 120013 115 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 120015 115 V/60 Hz, US/CANPart No 120100 230 V/50 Hz, Auto startPart No 120103 230 V/50 Hz, Auto start,UK

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 2900c

Weight, lbs/kg 31/14Max Q, cfm/m3/h 114/190 Max vacuum, inwg/kPa 115/230 V 84/21/24Power consumption max115/230 V 1340/1285 WSound level 68 dB(A)

DC 2900a DC 2900c

DC 2900cThe DC 2900c is delivered with the following:• Suction hose (Ø 38) 5 m (Part No 2105) • Aluminium fl oor tool B 370 Ø1.5”

/38mm (Part No 7235) • Chrome steel wand Ø 1.5”/38 mm

(Part No 7257)• Intellibag (Part No 42702)• Fine fi lter, cellulose (Part No 42029)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42027)

DC 2800H ENTPart No 121000-3 230 V/50 Hz

121

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 122: Internationalenglish 2015 all

schadstoffgeprüft

pollutant tested

IFA 1205024

DC 2800 H Asbestos – Safe asbestos removalTh e DC 2800 H Asbestos meets the highest demands in some countries and is certifi ed by IFA. Asbestos is a hazardous material that should be removed with caution. Th e dust extractor is equipped with antistatic hose, a plug for the cyclone inlet, special plastic bags and other safety precautions. Don’t compromise your health when removing Asbestos!

Part No 121000-2 230 V/50 Hz

Part No 121003-1 230 V/50 Hz, UK

Part No 121013-1 115 V/50 Hz, UK

DC 2800 H AsbestosThe DC 2800 H Asbestos is delivered with the following:• Suction hose (Ø 38), antistatic, 5 m

(Part No 2012)• Floor nozzle B 370/38 (Part No 7235)• Suction pipe Ø 38 (Part No 7257)• 5 pcs plastic sacks (Part No 42285)• Fine fi lter Polyester (Part No 42028)• HEPA H13 fi lter(Part No 42027)• Inlet plug (Part No 42250)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 2800 H Asbestos

Weight 19 kgFlow at open inlet 190 m3/hNeg pressure max, 230 V 21 kPaPower consumption, 230 V 1 000 WSound level 70 dB(A)

DC 3800 H Asbestos – Big brother for safe asbestos removal

DC 3800 H AsbestosThe DC 3800 H Asbestos is delivered with the following:• Suction hose (Ø 50), antistatic, 5 m

(Part No 2013)• Floor nozzle 500 A-50 (Part No 7238)• Suction pipe Ø 50 (Part No 7265)• 5 pcs plastic sacks (Part No 42285)• Filter, Polyester (Part No 42025)• HEPA H13 fi lter(Part No 42024)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 3800 H Asbestos

Weight 38 kgFlow at open inlet 300 m3/hNeg pressure max, 230 V 21 kPaPower consumption, 230 V 2 800 WSound level 75 dB(A)

Th e DC 3800 H Asbestos is the big brother of the IFA (formerly BIA/BGIA) certifi ed DC 2800 H Asbestos, and conforms to the stringest safety demands of asbestos sanitation. Th e dust extractor is equipped with an antistatic hose, a plug for the cyclone inlet and other safety precautions. Even the DC 3800 H Asbestos is certifi ed by IFA for asbestos removal.

Part No 117800 230 V/50 Hz

122

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 123: Internationalenglish 2015 all

DC 3900a/LThe DC 3900a is delivered with the following:• Antistatic hose set Ø 2”/50 mm x 15’

/5m. (Part Nos 2013+2107+2129)• Aluminium fl oor tool B500 Ø2”/

50 mm, (Part No 7238)• Chrome steel wand Ø 2”/50 mm

(Part No 7265)• Container 10.5 gal/40l (Part No

40070• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 42025)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42024)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 3900c/L

Weight, lbs/kg 77/35Max Q, cfm/m3/h 188/320Max vacuum, inwg/kPa 230 V 84/25Power consumption max 230 V 2 600 W Power consumption max 115 V UK 2 700 WPower consumption max 115 V US 2 100 WSound level 69 dB(A)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 3900a/L

Weight, lbs/kg 84/38Max Q, cfm/m3/h 188/320Max vacuum, inwg/kPa 230 V 84/25Power consumption max 230 V 2 600 W Sound level 69 dB(A)

DC 3900a/L DC 3900c/L

DC 3900c/LThe DC 3900c/L is delivered as standard with the following:• Suction hose 5 m, Ø 50

(Part No 2401+2129+2013)• Aluminium fl oor tool B500 Ø2”/

50 mm (Part No 7238)• Chrome steel wand Ø 2”/50 mm

(Part No 7265)• DC 3900c; Intellibag, 5 pcs (Part No 43619)• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 42025), • HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42024)• longopac, 20 m (Part No 432177)

eco DESIGN

intelli bag®+

T

WMMPPPS

00c/LDC 39

•••

DC 3900 – Tough against dust, friendly to the environment

Our DC 3900 has been developed with the environment in mind, but without compromising on extraction power and quality. Despite less energy consumption, the motor package is more powerful than before. Enhancements in the production process resulted in an eco-friendly painting process and material choice. Th e plastic sacks (intelli bag®) are biodegradable.DC 3900 has a robust and adjustable chassis to facilitate the transport. Th e cyclone is adjustable in two diff erent heights, which makes it possible to equip the machine with both container and plastic sack. Th e optimized construction simplifi es service work, resulting in decreasing costs.Th e DC 3900 is suitable for all kinds of tasks demanding eff ective dust extraction, no matter if it is about heavy cleaning on construction sites or source extraction with larger handheld power tools and fl oor grinding machines. Th e DC 3900 can be easily adapted to the needs of the customer for tailor-made solutions, thanks to a wide choice of suction casings and other accessories.

DC 3900a (with container)Part No 132000 230 V/50 Hz, EUPart No 132001 115 V/60 Hz, USA/CA

DC 3900c (with sack)Part No 131500 230 V/50 Hz, EUPart No 131501 115 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 131502 115 V/60 Hz, USA/CAPart No 131503 230 V/50 Hz, UK

DC 3900L (with longopac)Part No 131530 230 V, eco, EUPart No 131533 230 V, eco, UKPart No 131534 115 V, eco, UKPart No 131532 115 V, eco, USPart No 131537 115 V, eco, CAN

123

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 124: Internationalenglish 2015 all

DC 3900c Twin eco – With integrated pre-separatorTh e DC 3900c Twin is a portable but very powerful dust extractor suitable for large quantities of dust due to its integrated pre-separator. It is particularly suitable for concrete grinding since 80–90% of the coarse materials are separated in the pre-separator. Th e remaining dust goes into the fi lter cyclone. Th e 3900c Twin is a popular machine since it is powerful enough for most applications yet it can be easily moved and transported. Th e air fl ow capacity is suitable for concrete fl oor grinding machines with diamond discs of up to 500 mm/20” diameter. DC 3900c Twin ecoPart No 132500, 230 V/50 HzPart No 132501, 115 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 132508, 230 V/50 Hz, CH

DC 3900Twin L eco (with longopac)Part No 132530, 230 V/50 Hz, EUPart No 132538, 230 V/50 Hz,CH

DC 3900c/L Twin ecoThe DC 3900c Twin eco is delivered as standard with the following:• Antistatic hose set Ø 2” /50 mm x 25’/

9 m (Part Nos 2013, 2129, 2107)• Aluminium fl oor tool B500

(Part No 7238)• Chrome steel wand Ø 2” /50 mm (Part No

7265)• Plastic sacks (Part No 43619)• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 42025)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42024)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 3900c/L Twin eco

Weight, lbs/kg 119/54Max Q, cfm/m3/h 115/230 V 135/230-188/320Max vacuum, kPa 115/230 V 24/25Power consumption max 115/230 V 2700 W/ 2600 WSound level 115/230 V 69 dB(A)

124

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 125: Internationalenglish 2015 all

DC 4000 PCB- meet the demands for PCB decontaminationTh e DC 4000 PCB is developed to meet the demands for PCB decontamination. According to professional standards in Sweden, the vacuum cleaner must have an airfl ow 370 m3/h and three-stage separation with a HEPA fi lter class H13, when decontaminating PCB.

Th e DC 4000 PCB produce 400 m3/h and removes dust in three stages. Th e fi rst separation occurs in the unit’s cyclone, which is a very effi cient separation of all the coarser dust. Th e fi ner dust is separated in the unit’s fi lter cartridges, and then the HEPA 13 fi lter takes care of the rest of the dust. Filter cleaning by reverse airpulse provides long fi lter life on the fi ne fi lter and constant capacity.

Always use a dust collection nozzle connected to the vacuum cleaner and the removal tools used during the decontaminationprocedure. To achieve the best effi ciency: capture directly at the source. We manufacture suction casings to the most frequent tools. Part No 113800 230 V/50 Hz, 2.8 kW

DC 4000 PCBThe DC 4000c PCB is delivered as standard with the following:• Antistatic hose set 23’ /7.5m Ø 2”/

50 mm (Part No 2013, 2101)• Aluminium fl oor nozzle B500” Ø

2”/50 mm. (Part No 7238)• Chrome steel wand Ø 2”/50 mm

(Part No 7265)• Plastic sacks (Part No 42285)• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 42025A)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42024)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 4000 PCB

Weight, lbs/kg 126/57Max Q, cfm/m3/h 240/400Max vacuum, inwg/kPa (115/230 V) 84/21/24Motor Nameplate (115/230 V) 2.8 kWSound level (115/230 V) 70 dB(A)

DC 3800 Wood shavings extractorThe DC 3800 Wood dust separator is delivered as standard with the following:• Antistatic hose set 23’ /7.5m Ø 2”/

50 mm (Part No 2013, 2129, 2107)• Aluminium fl oor nozzle B500” Ø 2”/50 mm (Part No 7238)• Chrome steel wand Ø 2”/50 mm (Part No 7265)• Plastic sacks (Part No 4714)• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 42025)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42024

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 3800 Wood shavings extractor

Weight, lbs/kg 82/37 Max Q, cfm/m3/h 192/320 Max vacuum, inwg/kPa• 24 Motor Nameplate 2 800 WContainer 90 lSound level 70 dB(A)

DC 3800 Wood shavings extractor

Th e DC 3800 Wood dust separator is suitable for extract wood chips and for source extraction from carpentry machines where there is reguirement of continues opera-tion and high degree of separation.

Th e DC 3800 Wood Shavings Extractor is a robust mobile machine that is very easy to move, eg. it fi ts easily through standard doors. It is also very service friendly.

Part No 118400 230 V/50 Hz

Part No 2173 Hose set

125

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 126: Internationalenglish 2015 all

1200 W

1400 W

2100 W

2800 W

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

p (kPa)

6

8

7

54

32

1

76

5

4

3

2

1 DC 1800

DC 2900a

DC 2900c

DC 2800 H Asbestos

DC 3900a/L

DC 3900c/L

DC 3900c/L Twin

DC 3800 Wood shavings extractor

DC 3800 H Asbestos

DC 4000 PCB

0 60/100 120/200 180/300 240/400 300/500 360/600 420/70 480/800 Q cfm/m3/h

8

9

9

10

10

Capacity

TECHNICAL DATA DC 1800 DC 2900a/c DC 2800 H Asbest

DC 3800 H Asbest

DC 3900a/c/L DC 3900c/L Twin

DC 3800 Woodshavings extractor

DC 4000 PCB

H x W x L, in/cm 30 x 15 x 15/74 x 38 x 38

45 x 18 x 24/114 x 44 x 60 - 42 x 17 x 21/107 x 42 x 51

42 x 17 x 22/ 106 x 44 x 55

54 x 24 x 28/ 138 x 60 x 70

48×24×30/122 x 60 x 75

48 x 24 x 30/122 x 60 x 75

14.8 x 24 x 28/37.5 x 60 x 70

58 x 26 x 28/145 x 65 x 70

Weight 22 lbs/10 kg 42/31 lbs/19/14 kg 42 lbs/19 kg 84 lbs/38 kg 84/77 lbs/38/35 kg 119 lbs/54 kg 81.6 lbs/37 kg 126 lbs/57 kg

Inlet, (nom.) Ø 2”/50 mm Ø 2”/50 mm Ø 2”/50 mm Ø 2”/50 mm Ø 2”/50 mm Ø 2”/50 mm Ø 2”/50 mm Ø 3”/76 mm

Hose length max recommended 15’/5 m (Ø 1.5”/38 mm)

15’ /5 m (Ø 1.5”/38 mm)

15’ /5 m (Ø 1.5”/38 mm)

15’ /5 m (Ø 1.5”/38 mm)

16.4/5 m (Ø 2”/50 mm)

15’/5 m (Ø 2”/50 mm)

15’/5 m (Ø 2”/50 mm)

15’-30’/5 -10 m (Ø 3”/76 mm)

Max fl ow, cfm/m3/h 115/230 V 114/190 114/190 114/190 180/300 188/320 135/230 - 188/320 188/320 240/400

Max vacuum, inwg/kPa 115/230 V 84/21/24 84/21/24 84/24 kPa 84/21 kPa 84/25 84/24/25 84/24 84/21/24

Motor power/Nameplate 115/230 V

1 340/1 285 W 1 340/1 285 W 1285 W 2 600 W 2 600 W (230 V)2 700 W (115 V UK)2 100 W (115 V US)

2 700 W/2 600 W 2 100 W/2 800 W 2 100 W/2 800 W

AUTO: Power consumtion connected tool */ min 200 W - max 1500 W

• 230 V/10 A 1 200 W 1 200 W - - - -

• 230 V/16 A 2 200 W 2 200 W - - - -

• 120 V/20 A 1 200 W 1 200 W - - - -

Fine Filter area, ft 2 /m 2 16.2/1.5 16.2/1.5 16.2/1.4 19.5/1.8 19.5/1.8 19.5/1.8 19.5/1.8 38.7/3.6

Filtration Effi ciency, Fine Filter

• EN 60335-2-69, Class M 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 %

HEPA Filter area, ft 2 /m 2 9.2/0.85 9.2/0.85 9.2/0.85 - 16.2/1.5 16.2/1.5 16.2/1.5 32.2/3

Filtration Effi ciency

• HEPA Filter EN 1822-1 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13

• EN 60335-2-69, Class H 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 %

Collection container/sack 4 gal/15 l 10.5 gal/40 l(a)/5 gal/20 l(c)

10.5 gal/40 l 10.5 gal/40 l 10.5 gal/40 l 2 x 10.5 gal/2 x 40 l 23.8 gal/90 l 10.5 gal/40 l(a)/5 gal/20 l(c)

Sound Level 115/230 V 68 dB(A) 68 dB(A) 70 dB(A 75 dB(A) 69 dB(A) 69 dB(A) 70 dB(A) 70 dB(A

*/Always check with local regulations.

126

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 127: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Three-Phase Dust ExtractorsOur three-phase machines are used for heavy materials where higher vacuum generation is required. Th e vacuum producer is a turbo pump, directly driven by a three-phase motor. Our dependable turbo pump units have minimal service requirements and long service life. Th e performance characteristic of the turbo pump is well suited for heavy cleaning and material transportation. Th e turbo pump generates more vacuum as the resistance increases.

DC 3800c Turbo – The professional dust extractor for continous operationTh e DC 3800c Turbo is a medium sized dust extractor that has a tall cyclone and a three-phase motor. Th is dust extractor is suitable for longer hoses (up to 65’/20 m), heavy cleaning (1.5”/38 mm accessories) and for source extraction from medium sized power tools such as grinders, jack hammers, and saws. Th anks to the tall cyclone, large fi lters and powerful motor package, it can handle large amounts of debris. Suitable casings are: sanding, grinding and diamond disc casings up to 9”/225 mm as well as rubber suction bellows for chisel hammers, drills and de-scaling hammer. (Part Nos 6078 & 6130).Part No 13156A06K0 400 V/50 Hz, 2.2 kWPart No 13156P06J0 230/460 V/60 Hz, 4 hp US/CANPart No 13156G06J0 600 V/60 Hz, 4 hp CAN

The DC 3800c Turbo is delivered as standard with the following:• 13156A06K0 ; Hose set total 7 m

(5 m Ø 50 and 2 m Ø 38) (Part No 2125)

• 13156P06J0, 13156G06J0; Antistatic hose set total 23’/7 m (Ø 1.5” x 6’ + Ø 2” x17’ / Ø 38 mm x 2 m + Ø 50 mm x 5 m) (Part No 2126)

• Aluminium fl oor tool B450, Ø 1.5”/38 mm (Part No 7236)

• Chrome steel wand Ø1.5”/38 mm (Part No 7257)

• 5 plastic sacks (Part No 4314)• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 42025)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part Nr 42024)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 3800c Turbo

Weight, lbs/kg 137/62Max Q, cfm/m3/h 156/260Max vacuum, inwg/kPa 120/30Motor Nameplate 2.2 kW/ 4 HPSound level 75 dB(A)

A well balanced machinefor very easy handling

DC 3800c Turbo

127

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 128: Internationalenglish 2015 all

DC 3800c Twin Turbo – 3-phase dependability in a portable packageTh e DC 3800c Twin Turbo is a portable but very powerful dust extractor suitable for large quantities of dust due to its integrated pre-separator. It is particularly suitable for long hoses (up to 65’/20 m) and heavy concrete grinding. Up to 80-90% of the coarse material is separated in the pre-separator and the remaining dust enters the fi lter cyclone. Part No 13D56A06G0 400 V/50 Hz, 2,2 kWPart No 13D5BC06G0 230/460 V/60 Hz, 4 hp US/CANPart No 13D5BG06G0 600 V/60 Hz, 4 hp CAN

DC 3800c Twin TurboThe DC 3800c Twin and the DC 3800c Twin Turbo is delivered as standard with the following:• Antistatic hose set 23’ /7,5m Ø 2”/

50 mm (Part Nos 2013, 2129, 2107)• Aluminium fl oor nozzle B500” Ø

2”/50 mm. (Part No 7238)• Chrome steel wand Ø 2”/50 mm

(Part No 7265)• Plastic sacks (Part No 4314)• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 42025)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42024)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 3800c Twin Turbo

Weight, lbs/kg 179/81Max Q, cfm/m3/h 156 /260Max vacuum, inwg/kPa (115/230 V) 120/30Motor Nameplate (115/230 V) 4 hp/2.2 kWSound level (115/230 V) 75 dB(A)DC 5900 – A powerful dust

extractorAll DC 5900’s are very powerful and dependable portable dust extractors. Th ese units are built on a robust and sturdy steel chassis for maximum durability on construction sites. With a direct driven three-phase turbo pump, the DC 5800/5900 is suitable for continuous operation, heavy material transport, source extraction and cleaning. Th e DC 5800/5900 will give suffi cient airfl ow for several users at the same time and it can also be used as a semi-mobile central unit on a tubing system. It is suitable for source extraction with grinding disks up to 30”/750 mm in diameter.

DC 5900a/c 4 kW/10 hp– Get rid of large quantites of dustTh e standard DC 5900c 4 kW/10 hp is used for big hand held power tools and heavy duty cleaning on construction sites. Th e dust extractor is suitable for two smaller handheld power tools or one larger tool, such as a fl oor grinder, with a disk of up to 30”/750 mm. Th e DC 5900a 4 kW/10 hp is similar to the DC 5900c 4 kW/10 hp except that it is equipped with a steel container.DC 5900aPart No 119302 400 V/50 Hz, 4 kWPart No 119309 460 V/60 Hz, 10 hp USA/CANPart No 119310 600 V/60 Hz, 10 hp CANPart No 119315 460 V/60 Hz, 15 hp CANPart No 119317 600 V/60 Hz, 15 hp P CAN

DC 5900cPart No 119300 400 V/50 Hz, 4 kWPart No 119307 460 V/60 Hz, 10 hp USA/CANPart No 119308 600 V/60 Hz, 10 hp CANPart No 119314 460 V/60 Hz, 15 hp CANPart No 119316 600 V/60 Hz, 15 hp P CAN

DC 5900LPart No 119330 400 V/50 Hz, 4 kW

DC 5900aThe DC 5900a 4 kW/10 hp is delivered as standard with the following:• Antistatic hose set 23’/7 m Ø 2” /50

mm (Part Nos 2013 +2008+2129)• Aluminium fl oor tool B500 Ø 2” /

50 mm (Part No 7238)• Chrome steel wand Ø 2” /50 mm

(Part No 7265)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42869)• Fine fi lter polyester(Part No 429204)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 5900a/c

Weight, lbs/kg ca 375/170Max Q, cfm/m3/h 285/475Max vacuum, inwg/kPa 100/28 Motor Nameplate 10 hp/4 kWSound level 75 dB(A)

DC 5900cThe DC 5900c 4 kW (10 hp) is delivered as standard with the following:• 4 kW: 7.5 m suction hose Ø 50

(Part No 2401 + 2008 + 2107)• 10 HP: Antistatic hose set 23’/7 m Ø

2” /50 mm (Part No 2013 + 2008 + 2107)

• Aluminium fl oor tool B500 Ø 2” /50 mm (Part No 7238)

• Chrome steel wand Ø 2” /50 mm (Part No 7265)

• Intellibag (Part no 46145)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42869)• Fine fi lter polyester (Part No 429204)

128

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 129: Internationalenglish 2015 all

DC 5900a/c 9.2 kW PThe DC 5900a/c 9.2 kW P is delivered as standard with the following:• Intellibag (Part No 46145) • HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42807)• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 4292)

DC 5900a/c 9.2 kW P – Ideal for semi-mobile systems with many extraction pointsTh e DC 5900a/c 9.2 kW P generates an extremely large amount of air fl ow and is therefore optimal for many extraction points. It is generally used in semi-mobile extraction systems where the machine is conveniently placed in a central location and connected to a hose or tubing system. Maximum effi ciency is maintained with up to four simultaneous users.Part No 119301 400 V/50 Hz, 9.2 kW - DC 5900cPart No 119305 400 V/50 Hz, 9.2 kW - DC 5900aPart No 119333 400 V/50 Hz, 9.2 kW - DC 5900L

DC 5900 7.5 kW – Frequency converter

Part No 119303 400 V/50 Hz, 7.5 kW - DC 5900

DC 5900a/c 9.2 kW S – A choice for heavy duty cleaning and material transportationTh e DC 5900a/c 9.2 kW S has a large amount of air fl ow. It can also be used for source extraction and cleaning when extremely long hoses are needed, up to 50 m. Th e machine has also a cooling air inlet to prevent the pump from overheating when used intensively.Part No 119340 400 V/50 Hz, 9.2 kW - DC 5900cPart No 119341 400 V/50 Hz, 9.2 kW - DC 5900a

DC 5900a/c 9.2 kW SThe DC 5900a/c 9.2 kW S is delivered as standard with the following:• Intellibag (Part No 46145) • HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42807)• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 429204)

129

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 130: Internationalenglish 2015 all

DC 5900a/c PTFEThe DC 5900a/c PTFE 4 kW/10 HP is delivered as standard with the following:• Antistatic hose set 25’/7.5 m Ø 2” /

50 mm (Part Nos 2013 + 2008 + 2107)

• Aluminium fl oor tool B500 Ø 2”/50 mm (Part No 7238

• Chrome steel wand Ø 2”/50 mm (Part No 7265)

• For DC 5900c: Intellibag, (Part No 46145)

• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42807)• Fine fi lter polyester PTFE

Tefl oncoated (Part No 429203)

DC 5900 PTFE – Perfect for con-crete grindingTh e DC 5900 PTFE is a joint development project together with a market leading concrete fl oor grinding machine manufacturer. It is especially suited to managing the large volumes of concrete dust generated during fl oor grinding. Th e machine is equipped with a pleated PTFE fi lter cartridge (Tefl on™ fi lter) with a large fi lter area (54 ft2/5 m2) to maximize airfl ow. Th e PTFE material reduces the tendancy of the fi ne dust to adhere to the fi lter. As a result, it allows continuous operation of today’s highly effi cient concrete fl oor grinders. Floor grinding is defi nitely one of the toughest applications for a construction dust extractor. Th is means that high demands are made on the fi lters and the equipment used to collect the dust. Th e DC 5900a PTFE and DC 5900c PTFE models provide optimal performance with concrete grinding discs of up to 40”/1000 mm. Th e DC 5900a is equipped with a 20 gal/75 l steel container, while the DC 5900c PTFE has a plastic sack. Dustcontrol strongly recommends the use of a pre-separator for maximum effi ciency in fl oor grinding applicationsPart No 119306 DC 5900a PTFE 400 V/50 Hz, 4 kW*Part No 119304 DC 5900c PTFE 400 V/50 Hz, 4 kW**Part No 119311 DC 5900c PTFE 400 V/50 Hz, 9.2 kW**Part No 119331 DC 5900L PTFE 400 V/50 Hz, 9.2 kWPart No 119332 DC 5900L PTFE 400 V/50 Hz, 4 kW** 75 l container, Part No 7368** 60 l sack

130

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 131: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Capacity

1

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

p (kPa)

2

4

0 60/100 120/200 180/300 240/400 300/500 360/600 420/700 480/800 Q cfm/m3/h

1

2

3

4

5

DC 3800c Turbo

DC 3800c Twin Turbo

DC 5900a/c, 4 kW/10 hp

DC 5900c, 9.2 kW/15 hp P

DC 5900 PTFE

DC 5900 7.5 kW FC

DC 5900 9.2 kW S

3

5

TECHNICAL DATA DC 3800c Turbo DC 3800 Twin Turbo DC 5900a 4 kW/10 hp DC 5900c 4 kW/10 hp DC 5900c 9.2 kW/15 hp P

DC 5900 PTFE DC 5900 7.5 kW DC 5900 9.2 kW S

H x W x L, in/cm 58x24x39/145x60x97 56x2639/140x60x97 76x31x46/194x78x116 76x 31x 46/194x78x116 76x31x 46/194x78x116 76x31x 46/194x78x116 76x31x 46/194x78x116 76x31x 46/194x78x116

Weight, lbs/kg 137/62 179/81 388/176 388/176 ca 465/210 ca 395/180 ca 465/210 441/200

Inlet, (nom) X 2”/50 mm X 2”/50 mm Ø 3”/76 mm Ø 3”/76 mm Ø 4.25”/108 mm Ø 3”/76 mm Ø 4.25”/108 mm Ø 4.25”/108 mm

Max hose rec’d, Ø 2”/50 mm 15’–50’/5 - 15 m 15’–60’/5 - 20 m 15’–100’/5 - 30 m 15’–100’/5 - 30 m 15’–100’/5 - 30 m 15’–100’/5 - 30 m 15’–100’/5 - 30 m 15’–100’/5 - 30 m

Max Q, cfm/ m3/h 156/260 156/260 277/470 277/470 480/800 277/470 277/470 - 50 Hz324/550 - 60 Hz371/630 - 70 Hz

295/500

Max vacuum, inwg/kPa 120/30 120/30 112/28 112/28 96/24 112/28 23 kPa 41 kPa

Motor Nameplate 2.2 kW/4 hp 2.2 kW/4 hp 4 kW/10 hp 4 kW/10 hp 9.2 kW/15 hp 4 kW/10 hp 7.5 kW 9.2 kW

Fine Filter area, ft 2 /m 2 19.5/1.8 19.5/1.8 90.4/8.4 90.4/8.4 90.4/8.4 53.8/5 90.4/8.4 53.8/5

Filtration effi ciency Fine Filter 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 %

- EN 60335-2-69, Class M

Filter area HEPA, ft 2 /m 2 16.2/1.5 16.2/1.5 25.8/2.4 25.8/2.4 39.8/3.7 25.8/2.4 39.8/3.7 39.8/3.7

Filtration effi ciency HEPA Filter

- EN 1822-1 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13

- EN 60335-2-69, Class H 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 %

Collecting Volume 10.5 gal/40 l 2 x 10.5 gal/40 l 19.5 gal/75 l 15.5 gal/60 l 15.5 gal/60 l 15.5/19.5 gal/60 l/75 l 15.5 gal/60 l 15.5 gal/60 l

Sound level (115/230 V) 75/70 dB(A) 75 dB(A) 75 dB(A) 75 dB(A) 75 dB(A) 75 dB(A) 75 dB(A) 75 dB(A)

6

61

2

4

3

5

6

7

7

131

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 132: Internationalenglish 2015 all

2001Ø76

2030Ø108

3031Ø108

3039 Ø108

3030 Ø108/76

2001Ø76

3003 Ø76/76

3007Ø76

2401Ø50

2008 Ø76/50

2107 Ø50/50

3036Ø108 /76

2008 Ø76/50 2401

Ø50

2107 Ø50/50

3004 Ø76

DC 5800c 9.2 kW P PTFE

3005 Ø76

3174 Ø76

DC F Mobile

4016Ø76

8178

8177013 m

817710 m

DC F Wheelbarrow

119311 DC 5900c, 9.2 kW PTFE 7010 DC F Mobile 7130 DC F Wheelbarrow 2030 Suction hose Ø108 3036 Branch pipe Ø108/76 3031 Joint Ø108 3039 Steel pipe Ø108 3030 Cone Ø108/76 3007 Joint Ø76 3003 Branch pipe Ø76/76 3004 Steel pipe Ø76 3005 Bend 90º Ø76 3174 End cap Ø76 2001 Suction hose Ø76 2100 Intermediate sleeve Ø76/50 2401 Suction hose Ø50 2107 Coupling socket Ø50/50 4016 Rubber plug Ø76 8178 Startbox 8177 Electric cable 10 m 817701 Electric cable 3 m

DC 5900 Semi Mobile SystemTh e DC 5900c can be docked on a temporary or permanent tubing system installed in the work area with fl ap valve connection points for the users. Th is diagram shows the concept of the system.

DC 5900c 9.2 kW PTFE

Branch Pipe Package for Semi Mobile SystemOne package is used for each fl oor. Th e package does not include electric cables and startbox for vacuum producers without DC Green System (separate purchase).Part No 3353

The hose and branchpipe package consist of:

1 Rubber plug with chain 40161 Hose 76 L=2500 20012 Joints 76, remove rubber ring

3007 * 5D074728

2 Pipes D76*135 3341 * 5D0749301 Spacer D15/8X10 421541 Screw M6S 6*X551 Lock M6 42436 *5D0747241 Branch pipe 45° Ø 76 300311 *5D0645071 Flap valve 50/76 3006 *6C993039

132

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 133: Internationalenglish 2015 all

133

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 134: Internationalenglish 2015 all

TECHNICAL DATA DC 3800i

H x W x L , in/cm 59x 27x 44/147x66x110Weight , lbs/kg 190/86Inlet , (nom) Ø 2”/50 mmHose length max reccommended 15’–90’ (Ø 2”)/5 - 30 m (50 mm) Max vacuum, inwg/kPa 120/30 Max Q, cfm/ m3/h 156 /260 Motor Nameplate 2.2 kW/4 HP Fine Filter area, ft 2 /m 2 19.5/1.8

Filter effi ciency (EN 60335-2-69, Class M) 99.9 % Collection container volume 10.5 gal/ 40 l Sound level 60 dB(A)

I-Line – Quiet and PowerfulIn some industrial applications, a portable dust extractor is preferred over a stationary system. In these industrial settings where additional sound can be a detriment or health hazard, a quiet unit is desirable. Dustcontrol’s I-line units are best suited as portable indoor vacuum units since the vacuum producer is eff ectively sound insulated. Th e I-line dust extractors can be ”docked” to a permanent or temporary tubing system or a separate can be used at each workstation. Ideally these units are used for source extraction with handheld

DC 3800i – Silent dust extractor for continous operationTh e DC 3800i combines central system performance with the fl exibility of a portable machine. It is used with Ø 1.5”/38 mm acces sories for heavier applications such as lathes and milling machines that generate large volumes of particles and chips. It is suitable for welding, metal chip, aluminum chips, swarf, material transport and cleaning.Part No 13556A05K0 230/400 V/50 Hz, 2,2 kWPart No 117206 230/460 V/60 Hz, 4,0 hp USA/CAN

power tools, but can also be used for heavy cleaning, such as metal chips. Th e vacuum producer is a turbo pump directly driven by a three-phase motor, providing reliability, long life and minimal service requirements. Th e characteristics of the turbo pump are well suited for heavy cleaning and material transport - the greater the resistance, the more vacuum generated.

DC 3800iThe DC 3800i is delivered with:• Part No 13556A05K0: Suction hose

7 m (5 m Ø 50 and 2 m Ø 38, standard) (Part No 2125)

• Part No 117206: Antistatic hose set total 23’/7 m (Ø 1.5” x 6’ + Ø 2” x17’/Ø 38 mm x 2 m + Ø 50 mm x 5 m) (Part Nos 2126 +2107 + 2114)

• Aluminium fl oor tool B 450, Ø1.5”/38 mm (Part No 7236)

• Chrome steel wand Ø1.5”/38 mm (Part No 7257)

• Chrome steel fl at nozzle Ø1.5”/38 mm, L=16”/400 mm (Part No 7213)

• Suction brush Ø1.5”/Ø38 (Part No 7278)

• Hand pipe Ø1.5”Ø38 (Part No 7035)• Container 10.5 gal/40 l

(Part No 40070)• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 42025)

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

p (kPa)

1 DC 3800i

1

0 60/100 120/200 180/300 Q cfm/ m3/h

Capacity

134

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 135: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Th e EX-line is specially designed for industries where there is a risk of explosion and also high demands for clean production, such as the wood, food production and electronics industries. Th e machines fulfi l the requirements of the ATEX Zone 22 directive 1999/92 ATEX 137. Cleaning accessories from Dustcontrol are also available to meet this standard. Zone 22 is an area where an explosive environment, created by a combustible airborne substances, does not occur in normal operation or only occurs short-term. Th ese machines are equipped with steel containers, earth-bonded parts and antistatic accessories. Th e machines for non-conducting material are enclosed to IP54 standard. For conductive material, IP6X standard is valid. Th e machines are virtually maintenance free, and can extract dust in a vast range of applications, such as source extraction when using power tools for grinding, cutting and drilling applications as well as general cleaning. Th e machines can be used in environments between 0 and +50 degrees Celsius.

EX-Line

DC 1800 H EX – Ten ki-los of pure working joy in ATEX zone 22Th e DC 1800 H EX is suitable for general cleaning and source extraction. Th e DC 1800 H EX is small and lightweight and as such suitable for those that need a highly portable machine that still is powerful enough for source extraction. With its low weight it is easy to carry onto the job site and it can be easily stored or rolled under a workbench. Th e DC 1800 H EX is equipped with a steel container and a plastic bag can be used inside the container. It is equipped with a brushless motor (for spark-free operation) and is certifi ed to IP54 standard (non conductive dust).

Part No 114000 230 VPart No 114001 230 V, UKPart No 114002 115 V, UKPart No 114003 115 V, US

DC 1800 H EXThe DC 1800 H EX is delivered with the following:• Suction hose (Ø 38) 5 m

(Part No 2012)• Floor nozzle (Part No 7235E) • Suction pipe Ø 38 (Part No 7257)• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 42028)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42027)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 1800 H EX

Weight 18 kg

Flow at open inlet, 115/230 V 210/185 m3/h

Neg pressure 115/230 V 30/25 kPa

Power consumption 115/230 V 1500/1300 W

Sound level 70 dB(A)

135

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 136: Internationalenglish 2015 all

DC 2800 EX – The professionals choice in ATEX zone 22Th e DC 2800 EX is suitable for vacuum cleaning and source extraction from handheld power tools (with up to 5” suction casings) and small table saws. Th e DC 2800 has a sturdy steel chassis with big wheels but is still light and portable. Th e chassis is designed in a manner that allows the unit to be led by the hose without tipping. Compared to DC 1800 EX, it has a slightly longer cyclone, which improves the suction power. Th e steel container is also bigger. Th e DC 2800 EX is equipped with a brushless motor (for spark-free operation) and enclosed to IP54 standard (non conductive dust).

Part No 114100 230 V/50 HzPart No 114101 230 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 114102 115 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 114103 115 V/60 Hz, US

DC 2800 EXThe DC 2800 EX is delivered with the following:• Suction hose (Ø 38) 5 m

(Part No 2012)• Floor nozzle (Part No 7235E) • Suction pipe Ø 38 (Part No 7257)• Fine fi lter, polyester (Part No 42028)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42027)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 2800 EX

Weight 22 kg

Flow at open inlet, 115/230 V 210/185 m3/h

Neg pressure, 115/230 V 30/25 kPa

Power consumption 115/230 V 1500/1300 W

Sound level 70 dB(A)

136

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 137: Internationalenglish 2015 all

schadstoffgeprüft

pollutant tested

IFA 1205024

DC 5800 H Turbo EX – Get rid of large quantites of dust in ATEX zone 22Th e DC 5800 H Turbo EX is designed for big hand held power tools and heavy cleaning. Th e unit is of robust and sturdy design for maximum dependability, coupled with a direct driven turbo pump for continuous operation. It is available certifi ed to IP65 standard (conductive dust).

Part No 119312 4 kW 400 V/50 Hz

Part No 119313 10 HP 460 V/60 Hz

DC 3800 H Turbo EX – The dust extractor for continous operation in ATEX zone 22Th e DC 3800 H Turbo EX is a medium sized dust extractor with a high cyclone and a three-phase turbo motor.Th anks to the high cyclone, big fi lters and powerful motor package, it can handle large amounts of particles. Since it is equipped with a powerful three-phase turbo pump it is suitable for long hoses (up to 20 metres) and heavy cleaning (38mm accessories). It is available certifi ed to IP65 standard (conductive dust).

Part No 13756A0GD0 400 V, Conductive dust/Non conductivePart No 114030 460 V/60 Hz, 4 hp, Conductive dustIP65

DC 3800 H Turbo EXThe DC 3800 H Turbo EX is delivered asstandard with the following:• Suction hose 7.4 m (Part No 2012

Ø 38, 2 m, 2013 Ø 50, 5.4 m)• Floor nozzle (Part No 7236e)• Suction pipe Ø 50 (Part No 7257)• Fine fi lter, Polyester (Part No 42398)• HEPA H13 fi lter, Polyester (Part No 42024)• Cable length 7 m• Connector CEE plug 5 pol 16 A IP67

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 3800 H Turbo EX

Weight 70 kg Flow at open inlet 260 m3/h Negative pressure, max 28 kPa Power consumption 2.2 kW/4 hpSound level < 70 dB(A)

DC 5800 H Turbo EXThe DC 5800 H Turbo EX is delivered as standard with the following:• Suction hose Ø 50 (Part No 2013)• Floor nozzle (Part No 7238e)• Suction pipe Ø 50 (Part No 7265)• Antistatic fi ne fi lter, Polyester (Part No 429206)• HEPA H13 Filter (Part No 42869)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 5800 H Turbo EX

Weight ca 170 kgFlow at open inlet 470 m3/hNegative pressure, max 28 kPaPower consumption 4 kW/10 hpNoise level 75 dB(A)

137

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 138: Internationalenglish 2015 all

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Q (m3/h)

p (kPa)

1

2

3

4

DC 1800/2800 EX 50 Hz

DC 1800/2800 EX 60 Hz

DC 3800 H Turbo EX

DC 5800 H Turbo EX

32

1

4

Capacity

*/ 115/230 V

TECHNICAL DATA DC 1800 H EX DC 2800 EX DC 3800 H Turbo EX DC 5800 H Turbo EX

H x W x L (mm) 830 x 402x 382 1110 x 440 x 550 1400 x 600 x 970 1920 x 760 x 1000Weight 18 kg 22 kg 70 kg ca 170 kgInlet X 50 mm X 50 mm X 50 mm X 76 mmHose length (Ø 50) 5 m (Ø 38) 5 m (Ø 38) 5–20 m 5–30 mFlow at open inlet 210/185 m3/h */ 210/185 m3/h */ 260 m3/h 470 m3/hNegative pressure, max 30/25 kPa */ 30/25 kPa */ 28 kPa 28 kPaPower consumption 1500/1300 W */ 1500/1300 W */ 2.2 kW 4 kWFilter area. fi ne fi lter 1.5 m2 1.5 m2 1.8 m2 8.4 m2

Degree of separation fi ne fi lter EN 60335-2-69, Class M 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 % 99.9 %Filter area microfi lter 0.85 m2 0.85 m2 1.5 m2 2.7 m2

Degree of separation microfi lter N 1822-1 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 EN 60335-2-69, Class H 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 %Container 20 l 40 l 40 l 40 lSound level (115/230 V) 70 dB(A) 70 dB(A) < 70 dB(A) 75 dB(A)

138

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 139: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Compressed Air Driven Dust Extractors

DC 1800/2800 TR EX – When no electricity is availableTh e DC 1800/2800 TR EX removes dust in three stages. Th e fi rst separation occurs in the unit’s cyclone, which is a very effi cient separation of all the coarser dust. Th e fi ner dust is separated in the unit’s fi lter cartridges, and then the Hepa fi lter takes care the rest of the dust. Filter cleaning with pulse provides long fi lter life and constant capacity. Vacuum is created in the ejector. Th e ejector is maintance free.

DC 1800 TR EX - Part No 101890DC 2800 TR EX - Part No 121090

DC 2800 TR EX The DC 2800 TR EX is delivered with:• Fine fi lter cellulose (Part No 42029)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42027)• Plastic sacks, 5 pcs (Part No 42285)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 2800 TR EX

H x W x L, in/cm 47x17x 22/119.5x44x55Weight, lbs/kg 42/19Inlet, (nom) Ø 2”/50 mm Hose length max rec’d (Ø 2”/50 mm) 15’/5 m Max Q, cfm/ m3/h 102/170CA consumption at 90psi/7 bar 5.3 gal/s/20 l/sAir Connection ½” ball valveMax vacuum, inwg/kPa 64/16 Fine Filter area, ft 2 /m 2 16/1.5

Filtration effi ciency EN 60335-2-69, Class M 99.9 %HEPA Filter area, ft 2 /m 2 9.1/0.85 HEPA Filter effi ciency EN 60335-2-69, Class H 99.995 % EN 1822-1 HEPA H13 Collection sack volume 10.5 gal/40 l Sound level 68 dB(A)

DC 1800 TR EX DC 2800 TR EX

DC 1800 TR EX The DC 1800 TR EX is delivered with:• Fine fi lter cellulose (Part No 42029)• Plastic sacks, (Part No 42384) • HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42027)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 1800 TR EX

H x W x L, in/cm 32x15x 15/82.5x38x38Weight, lbs/kg 22/10Inlet, (nom) Ø 2”/50 mm Hose length max rec’d (Ø 2”/50 mm) 15’/5 m Max Q, cfm/ m3/h 102/170CA consumption at 90psi/7 bar 5.3 gal/s/20 l/sAir Connection ½” ball valveMax vacuum, inwg/kPa 64/16 Fine Filter area, ft 2 /m 2 16/1.5

Filtration effi ciency EN 60335-2-69, Class M 99.9 %HEPA Filter area, ft 2 /m 2 9.1/0.85 HEPA Filter effi ciency EN 60335-2-69, Class H 99.995 % EN 1822-1 HEPA H13 Collection bin volume 5.3 gal/20 l Sound level 68 dB(A)

139

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 140: Internationalenglish 2015 all

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

0 100 200 300 400 500 Q (m3/h)

p (kPa)

1

1

22

DC 3800 TR S EX – Air driven dust extractor for cleaning and source extractionTh e DC 3800 TR S EX is a compressed air driven extractor for use in areas where electrical power is not available or practical. Th e DC 3800TR S EX is a machine with large suction capacity and robust construction while still being compact and easy to maneuver. It is ideal for source extraction on most types of hand-held tools and for industrial cleaning (38 mm and 50 mm system). Th e DC 3800 TR S EX is supplied with a HEPA fi lter.

Part No 117100

DC 5800 TR – Air driven dust extractor for heavier applicationsTh e DC 5800 TR is a machine driven by compressed air for use in areas where electricity is not available or not permitted. DC 5800 TR has a very robust design and extra high extraction power, which makes it ideal for source extraction on bigger machinery and in mines. It is also ideal for source extraction from most types of hand held power tools.

Part No 1366FJ0800

DC 3800 TR S EXThe DC 3800 TR S EX is delivered with:• Fine fi lter Polyester, grounded (Part No 42398)• HEPA H13 fi lter (Part No 42024)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 3800 TR S EX

H x W x L, in/cm 55x24x 36/139x60x92Weight, lbs/kg 84/38Inlet, (nom) Ø 2”/50 mm Hose length max rec’d (Ø 2”/50 mm) 15’-50’/5 - 15 m Max Q, ft3/ m3/h 14126/400CA consumption at 90psi/6 bar 63.5cfm/1.8 m3/m Air Connection 1” ball valveMax vacuum, inwg/kPa 80/20 Fine Filter area, ft 2 /m 2 19.3/1.8

Filtration effi ciency EN 60335-2-69, Class M 99.9 %HEPA Filter area, ft 2 /m 2 16/1.5 HEPA Filter effi ciency EN 60335-2-69, Class H 99.995 % EN 1822-1 HEPA H13 Collection container volume 10.5 gal/40 l Sound level 75 dB(A)

DC 5800 TRThe DC 5800 TR is delivered with:• Plastic sacks (Part No 46145)• Fine fi lter, Polyester (Part No 429204)

TECHNICAL DATA – DC 5800 TR

HxWxL, in/cm 71x30x40/180x76x100Weight, lbs/kg 330/150Inlet, (nom) Ø 3”/76 mmHose length max rec’d 15’-50’/5-10 mMax Q, cfm/m3/h 300/500CA consumption at 90 psi/6 bar 90cfm/3.6 m3/mAir Connection 1” ball valveMax vacuum, inwg/kPa 84/21Fine Filter area, ft2/m2 53.8/5Filtration effi ciency EN 60335-2-69, Class M 99.9 %Collection sack volume 15.5 gal/60 lSound level 75 dB(A)

Accessory:HEPA Filter area, ft2/m2 26.9/3.7HEPA Filter effi ciency EN 60335-2-69, Class H 99.995 % EN 1822-1 HEPA H13

Capacity

DC 3800 TR S EX and DC 5800 TR can

be ordererd with antistatic acces-

sories to fulfi l the requirements of

the ATEX Zone 22 directive 1999/92

ATEX 137.

DC 3800 TR S EX

DC 5800 TR

140

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 141: Internationalenglish 2015 all

DC 50, 75 - WThe DC 50, 75 - Delivered as standard with the following.• Suction hose Ø 38, 5 m

(Part No 2012+2108+2115)• Floor nozzle B 450 (Part No 7236)• Suction pipe Ø 38 (Part No 7258)• Filter sack (Part No 42190)

When working with concrete coring, large quantities of water have to be used and this water gets very dirty. Using wet-vac to eff ectively extract the water avoids the working area being wet and dirty.

In those wet-vacs, which are equipped with a pump, de-watering of slurry is integrated into the unit and clean water is pumped out of the drain hose. Th e slurry solids are collected in a fi lter bag for ease of handling and disposal.

Th e Dustcontrol w-line wet-vacs are easily dissambled for cleaning and de-contamination. Th is is an important detail on units requiring frequent cleaning. Robust construction helps these units resist the knocks of everyday use.

Standard (with pump)

DC 50 - W, Part No 13f04300j0, 230 V/50 Hz, EUDC 75 - W, Part No 13g04300j0, 230 V/50 Hz, EU

DC 50-W, DC 75-W– Robust chassis

– Stainless steel container

– Powerful 1400 W motor

– 175 l/min discharge pump

– Easy disassembly and easy to clean

– Re-useable nylon fi ltration sack, Part No 42190

– Standard coupling to drain hose

TECHNICAL DATA DC 50-W DC 75-WWeight (kg) 34 37

Negative pressure 21 21

Air-fl ow at open inlet (m3/h) 190 190

Vacuum motor, 1 phase 110/230 V (W) 1200/1400 1200/1400

Sound Level, db(A) 75 75

141

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 142: Internationalenglish 2015 all

25

20

15

10

5

0

0 100 200 300 Q (m3/h)

p (kPa)

DC 50, 75 - W

Capacity

TECHNICAL DATA DC 50-W DC 75-WH x W x L (mm) 870 x 630 x 543 980 x 630 x 543

Weight (kg) 34 37

Outlet/Inlet (mm) X 50 X 50

Hose length (m) 5 5

Negative pressure, max 110/230 V (kPa) 21/24 21/24

Flow at open outlet (m3/h) 190 190

Vacuum motor, 1 phase 110/230 V (W) 1200/1400 1200/1400

Pump, 1 phase (W) 550 550

Container volume (l) 50 75

Pump lift height (m) 7 7

Water hose connection 1” hose barb 1” hose barb

Pump capacity (l/min) 175 175

Particle capacity (mm) 10 10

Noise level, dB(A) 75 75

230 V

115 V

142

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 143: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Th e lowest possible particulate concentrations will be achieved by using both source extraction and an air cleaner.

42753

4138

2420

Th e DC AirCube 500 has been developed for ease of use and high durability. It is built from stainless steel sheet metal to be extra damage resistant. Th e fan unit is a radial blower with a specially designed scroll to build up high pressure across its complete fl ow range. Th is means that the unit generates large amounts of airfl ow during the entire lifetime of the fi lter. Equipped with an el outlet for lamp and other. An exhaust hose can be used to create negative pressure in a sealed room. Th e fan has two speed settings that allows for economical operation, for example during the night.

Part No 112500, 230 V/50 Hz 210 WPart No 112501, 230 V/50 Hz, UK Part No 112503, 115 V/50 Hz, 145 W, UKPart No 112505, 115 V/60 Hz US/CanPart No 112508, 230 V/50 Hz CH

By circu lating the air through a highly effi cient HEPA fi lter, the air in the room is cleaned by removing the hazardous airborne dust that is harmful to health. Th e most dangerous particles are those that are so small that they are invisible to the eye. Th e DC AirCube is designed to separate fi ne and hazardous dusts down to 0.3 microns. An example of such particulate could be silca dust, which is found in concrete, brick, grout, mortar and drywall compound. When jack hammering, wall grinding, or concrete grinding during demolition work, kitchen and bathroom renovations, and general construction, the DC AirCube is an ideal solution. It is also a popular choice in bakeries, and carpentry shops since it purifi es the air and fi lters health hazardous fl our or wood dust.

TECHNICAL DATA – DC AirCube 500

Weight 13 kgFlow at open outlet 500 m3/hNegative pressure max 400 Pa Power consumption 230 V, 210 W/115 V, 145 WDegree of separationEN 1822-1 HEPA 13Sound level 45 dB(A) speed 1 65 dB(A) speed 2

About Air Cleaners

AccessoriesPart No 2420 Hose 125Part No 42753 Funnel con. 125Part No 4138 Hose clamp

DC AirCube 500

By circulating the air through a highly effi cient HEPA fi lter, the air in the room is cleaned from airborne dust.

One or several DC AirCubes can be mounted in the ceiling in e.g. a bakery or in a wood-working shop.

DC AirCube 500

143

Mobile Dust Extractors10

10

Page 144: Internationalenglish 2015 all

42660

42657

DC AirCube 2000Th e DC AirCube 2000 is a compact and robust design with a capacity of 1800m3/h which makes it our most powerful single phase aircleaner. - with ECO-fan.

It has a 0.63 m2 pre-fi lter and a HEPA H13 microfi lter of 8.2 m2 and a fi lter indication lamp that is lit when it´s time to change the fi lter. Th e air exhaust is directed upwards in order to prevent dust to whirl up from the fl oor.

With its ergonomic design it is easy to carry and transport. It is also prepared to connect to an exhaust hose without a reduction in performance.

DC AirCube 2000 can be positioned horizontally fl at on the fl oor with the exhaust then pointing to the side.

Part No 102000, 230 V/50 HzPart No 102002, 230 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 102003, 115 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 102004, 115 V/60 Hz, US/CANPart No 102008, 230 V/50 Hz, CH

TECHNICAL DATA – DC AirCube 2000

Weight 25 kgFlow at open outlet 1800 m3/hNegative pressure 500 Pa

Power consumption 230 V, 505 W,

115 V, 350 WHEPA H13 Filter 10 m2

Pre-Filter 0.7 m2

Sound level Max 62 -74 dB(A)

Technical Data DC AirCube 500 DC AirCube 1200 DC AirCube 2000H x W x L, in/cm 15 x 13 x 20/38 x 34 x 50 34×18×24/87×46×60 40 x 20 x 22/102 x 51 x 55

Weight 29 lbs/13 kg 44 Ibs/20 kg 55 Ibs/25 kg

Outlet/Inlet Ø 5”/125 mm/(inlet optional) 10/12”/250/315 mm 12”/315 mm

Hose length (optional) 10’ (Ø 5”)/3 m (125 mm) - -

Max Q 500 m3/h 1100 m3/h 1850 m3/h, 50 Hz, 1650 m3/h, 60 Hz

Negative pressure max1.6 inwg/400 Pa 600 Pa 500 Pa

Rated Output 230 V, 210 W/115 V, 145 W 230 V, 385 W, 115 V, 195 W 230 V, 505 W, 115 V, 350 W

HEPA Filter effi ciency

EN 60335-2-69, Class H 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.995 %

EN 1822-1 HEPA H13 HEPA H13 4.9 m2 HEPA H13 8.2 m2

Sound Level 45 dB(A) speed 165 dB(A) speed 2

Max 62 -74 dB(A) Max 62 -74 dB(A)

Hose/socket/clip

Socket/bend 90o

AccessoriesPart No 42657 Hose kit 315Part No 42660 Bend 900 315

42660

Th e Th e AirCube 1200 is a compact variant with a capacity and size in between the AirCube 500 and AirCube 2000 - with ECO-fan.

Th e main features for both air cleaners are:• Variable speed transmission to save energy, e.g. at night• High eff ective ECO-fan with less energy consumption• Lower sound level• Washable stainless steel fi lter housing• Trouble-free fi lter change (cartridge air fi lter) for easy service

Part No 111000, 230 V/50 Hz, EUPart No 111001, 230 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 111002, 115 V/50 Hz, UKPart No 111003, 115 V/60 Hz, US/CANPart No 111008, 230 V/50 Hz, CH

TECHNICAL DATA – DC AirCube 1200

Weight 20 kgFlow at open outlet 1100 m3/hNegative pressure max 601 Pa Power consumption 230 V, 385 WDegree of separationEN 1822-1 HEPA 13Pre-fi lter 0.3 m2

HEPA 5 m2

Sound level Max 60-69

DC AirCube 1200

144

Mobile Dust Extractors 10

Page 145: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Accessories andconsumables

145

11

11

Page 146: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Suction HosesTh e hose is the conveying line of the source extraction installation. Th e demands placed on the suction hose are:– wear resistance– low weight and fl exibility– not aff ected by extremes of temperatures– crushproof– does not give static electric shocks

When long suction hoses have to be used their diameter should progressively increase from the suction casing, with the smallest hose nearest the suction casing not exceeding 2–3 m length. Coupling is carried out with external couplings which are easy to use.

Description Dimension Ø Part No Colour Material Temp °F max/min/ Antistatic Abrasion UV and zone Resistance to Resistance to (in/mm) Temp °C max/min resistance resistance Welding Fume solvent and oil

Suction hoses standard 3”/76 mm 2001 Blue PE 140/–22/+60/–30 No 2 2 3 3 2”/50 mm 2401 Blue PE 140/–22/+60/–30 No 2 2 3 3 1.5”/38 mm 2111 Blue PE 140/–22/+60/–30 No 2 2 3 3 1.25”/32 mm 2112 Blue PE 140/–22/+60/–30 No 2 2 3 3 1”/25 mm 2113 Blue PE 140/–22/+60/–30 No 2 2 3 3

Suction hoses heat resistant 2”/50 mm 2004 Grey PP(EPDM) 194/–40/+90/–40 No 3 2 1 4 1.5”/38 mm 2003 Grey PP(EPDM) 194/–40/+90/–40 No 3 2 1 4

Suction hoses antistatic 3”/76 mm 2024 Black PE 140/–4/+60/–20 Yes 2 2 3 3 2”/50 mm 2013 Black PE 140/–4/+60/–20 Yes 2 2 3 3 1.5”/38 mm 2012 Black PE 140/–4/+60/–20 Yes 2 2 3 3 1.25”/32 mm 2005 Black PE 140/–4/+60/–20 Yes 2 2 3 3 1”/25 mm 2025 Black PE 140/–4/+60/–20 Yes 2 2 3 3

Suction hoses PU 3”/76 mm 2056 Trans- PU 194/–40/+90/–40 Yes** 1 1 3 1 2”/50 mm 2054 parent PU 194/–40/+90/–40 Yes** 1 1 3 1 1.5”/38 mm 2055 PU 194/–40/+90/–40 Yes** 1 1 3 1Super D superelastic 2”/50 mm 2039 black/white PVC 185/–23/+85/–5 No 2 2 2 4 1.5”/38 mm 2038 black/white PVC 185/–23/+85/–5 No 2 2 2 4

Scale: 1 Excellent 2 Good 3 Limited 4 Poor

Ø designates the inside of the hose

Suction hoses, antistatic, Ø (in/mm) Part no/m Standard length

3”/76 2024* 32.8 yd/30 m 2”/50 2013* 32.8 yd/30 m 1.5”/38 2012* 32.8 yd/30 m 32 2005* 32.8 yd/30 m 25 2025* 32.8 yd/30 m

Suction hoses PU, extra abrasion resistant, Ø (in/mm) Part no/m Standard length

3”/76 2056** 15’, 30’ / 5 and 10 m 2”/50 2054** 15’, 30’ / 5 and 10 m 1.5”/38 2055** 15’, 30’ / 5 and 10 m

Suction hoses PU, extra abrasion resistant, Ø (in/mm) Part no/m Standard length

2”/50 2039 50’/15 m 1.5”/38 2038 50’/15 m

Suction hoses, standard, Ø (in/mm) Part no/m Standard length

3”/76 2001 16.4 yd/15 m 2”/50 2401 32.8 yd/30 m 1.5”/38 2111 32.8 yd/30 m 1.25”/32 2112 32.8 yd/30 m 1”/25 2113 32.8 yd/30 m

Suction hoses, heat resistant, Ø (in/mm) Part no/m Standard length

2”/50 2004 15’, 30’, 50’/5, 10, 15 m 1.5”/38 2003 15’, 30’, 50’/5, 10, 15 m

Material properties

Antistatic is defi ned as having a conductivity of < 10 6 ΩTo order antistatic certifi cation (ESD) according to Swedish National Testing and Research Institute (SP) – note an E after the part no. ** The wire helix must be bared and left in contact with conductive material for static discharge.

PU, extra abrasion

resistant

Antistatic

Heat resistant

Standard

For larger dimensions, contact us.

146

11 Suction Hoses

Page 147: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Metal Hose

Description dmin dmax Part No

Hose clamp .3”–.6”/8–14 mm 4027 Hose clamp .4”–.7”/11–17 mm 4028 Hose clamp .6”–.9”/15–24 mm 4146 Hose clamp 1”–1.5”/26–38 mm 4197 Hose clamp 1.7”–2.2”/44–56 mm 4075 Hose clamp 2”–2.6”/50–65 mm 4219 Hose clamp 2.3”–3”/58–75 mm 4002 Hose clamp 2.7”–3.3”/68–85 mm 3002 Hose clamp 3”-3.7”/77–95 mm 4090 Hose clamp 3.4”–4.4”/87–112 mm 4310 Hose clamp 4.1”–5.4”/104–138 mm 4138 Hose clamp 5.1”–6.5”/130–165 mm 4040 Hose clamp 5.9”–7.1”/150–180 mm 4137 Hose clamp 7.9”–9.1”/200–231 mm 4464 Hose clamp 8.9”–10.1”/226–256 mm 4102

Ø (in/mm) Part No Temp °F max /Temp °C max Material

2”/50 2150 Flexible 572/+300 Steel 2”/50 2151 Rigid 572/+300 Steel 1.5”/38 2138 Flexible 572/+300 Steel 1.5”/38 2139 Rigid 572/+300 Steel

Diameter Description Part No

Øinv 3/4” Compressed air hose 3/4 2124 Øinv 1/2” Compressed air hose 1/2 2123 Øinv 3/8” Compressed air hose 3/8 2122 Øutv 5 mm Compressed air hose 5 2406 Øutv 6 mm Compressed air hose 6 8482 Øutv 8 mm Compressed air hose 8 8183

Compressed Air Hose

Ventilation HoseDiameter (in/mm) Description Part No

Ø 5”/125 Ventilation hose 4.9”/125 2420 Ø 10”/250 Ventilation hose 10”/250 2032

Hose Clamps

147

11

11

Suction Hoses

Page 148: Internationalenglish 2015 all

kPa/m p

2,5

2,0

1,5

1,0

0,5

0 Q

0 100 200 300 400 m3/h

Ø 25 Ø 32

Ø 38

Ø 50

74382010

20457421

74372011

203374207411013031ø108

7423013045

ø76 3007 741920562046 7436

X160

X160

X160

ø159

kPa/m

1,0

0,8

0,6

0,4

0,2

00 1000 2000 3000 4000 m3/h

Ø 76

Ø 102

Ø 152

Q

p

Ø designates the inside of the hose

Pressure Loss Suction Hoses

Rubber Suction Hose Couplings for Rubber Suction Hose/Extra Abrasion Resistant

Ø (in/mm) Part No Standard Part No Extra Abrasion Resistant

6”/152 2045 -

4”/102 2011 -

3”/76 See PU-suction hose 2046

ø76Tube L=100 mm

TECHNICAL DATA

Part No 2011 2046 2045Material gauge (in/ mm) 0.33/8.5 0.31/8 0.37/9.5Min radius (in/mm) 11.81/300 8.27/210 18.9/480Weight (lbs/yd /kg/m) 9.15/4.15 6.55/2.97 15.54/7.05Temp max (°F /°C) 140/+60 140/+60 140/+60 min (°F /°C) –13/-25 –13/-25 –13/-25Internal tube PVC PVC PVCInsert steel helix steel helix steel helix copper wireExternal tube Polyester Polyester Polyester

Hose Hanger

Description Part No

Hose Hanger, white enamel 4473Hose Hanger, stainless 7214

Part No Description

3007 Joint Ø 3”/76 3031 Joint Ø 4.3”/108 3045 Joint Ø 6.3”/160 741101 Pipe connection 4.3”/4”/108/1027419 Hose clamp 3”/767420 Hose clamp 4”/1027421 Hose clamp 6.3”/160742301 Pipe connection 6.3”/6”/159/1527436 Hose connector 3”/X6.3”/76/X1607437 Hose connector 4”/X6.3”/102/X1607438 Hose connector 6”/X6.3”/152/X160

148

11 Suction Hoses

Page 149: Internationalenglish 2015 all

X 2”/50

Ø 2”/50

2129

2129

X 1.5”/38

2114

2133

Ø 2”/50

Ø 2”/50

Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.25”/32

2131 Ø 1.5”/38

2129

2114

2132

2114

2132

Ø 2”/50

Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.25”/32

Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.25”/32

2128

Ø 1.25”/32

2171

X 2”/50

Ø 3”/76

Ø 2”/50

X 1.5”/38

2008

2107

2108

Ø 3”/76 2100 Ø 2”/50

Ø 2”/50 2403/2170 Ø 2”/50 2120 Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.5”/38 2118/2169 Ø 1.5”/38 2121 Ø 1.25”/32

Ø 1.25”/32 2119/2168 Ø 1.25”/32 2101 Ø 1”/25 2117/2167

Ø 1”/25

2106

2110

2116

Ø .7”/17

Ø 1”/26

Ø 1.25”/32

2109

2107

Ø 1”/26

Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 2”/50

2115

2115

see above

Turnable Hose Connectors

Part No Description2008* Coupling socket 3”/2”/76/50 mm2100* Intermediate sleeve 3”/2”/76/50 mm2101* Intermediate sleeve 1.25/1”/32/25mm2106* Connecting sleeve 7”/1.25”/17/32 mm2107* Coupling socket 2”/2”/50/50 mm2108* Coupling socket 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm2109* Connecting sleeve 1”/1.5”/26/38 mm2110* Connecting sleeve 1”/1.25/26/32 mm2115* Connecting sleeve 1.5”/1.5”/38/38 mm

Part No Description2116 Connecting sleeve 1.25/1.25”/32/32 mm2117 Connecting sleeve 1”/1”/25/25 mm2118 Hose connector 1.5”/38 mm2119 Hose connector 1.25”/32 mm2120* Intermediate sleeve 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm2121* Intermediate sleeve 1.5/1.25/38/32 mm2167* Connecting sleeve 1”/1”/25/25 mm2168* Hose connector 1.25”/32 mm

COUPLING SOCKET INTERMEDIATE SLEEVE CONNECTING SLEEVE

Non-Turnable Hose Connectors

Part No Description2132* Connecting sleeve, turnable 1.25”/1.5/32/38 mm2133* Coupling socket, turnable 1.5”/1.25”/38/32 mm2171* Coupling socket, turnable 1.25”/1.25/32/32 mm

Part No Description2169* Hose connector 1.5”/38 mm2170* Hose connector 2”/50 mm2403 Hose connector 2”/50 mm

COUPLING SOCKET HOSE CONNECTOR CONNECTING SLEEVEINTERMEDIATE SLEEVE

* Antistatic.106 Ω cm. Please see our antistatic acces-sories from page 158 onwards.

Part No Description2114* Connecting sleeve, turnable 1.5”/1.5”/38/38 mm2128* Coupling socket, turnable 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm2129* Coupling socket, turnable 2”/2”/50/50 mm2131* Intermediate sleeve, turnable 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm

149

11

11

Suction Hoses

Page 150: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Ø 2”/50

2158

2158

2157

Ø 2”/50

Ø 2”/50

Ø 1.5”/38

2160 Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 2”/50

Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.5”/38

2158

2159

2159

X 2” /50

Turnable Connectors for Suction Hose; PUCOUPLING SOCKET INTERMEDIATE SLEEVE CONNECTING SLEEVE

Ø 2”/50

Ø 1.5”/38

21292158

21282157

2166

2114

2159

2133

Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.25”/32

Extraction Hose Quick CouplersPart No 2166

Part No Description2160* Intermediate sleeve Ø 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm PU, turnable2161* Coupling socket Ø 3”/2”/76/50 mm, EPDM2162* Coupling socket Ø 3”/2”/76/50 mm, Nitrile

* Antistatic; Please see our antistatic accessories from page 158 onwards.

Ø 3”/76

2161

2162

Ø 2”/50

Ø 2”/50

Non-Turnable Connectors for Suction Hose; PUPart No Description 2157* Coupling socket Ø 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm PU, turnable2158* Coupling socket Ø 2”/2”/50/50 mm PU, turnable2159* Connecting sleeve Ø 1.5”/1.5”/38/38 mm PU, turnable

see above

see above

Multi Connection for Integrated Suction CasingsPart No 42497

Part No Description 42497* Multi connection for intergrated suction casings 2114* Connecting sleeve, turnable 38/382115* Connecting sleeve 38/38

*Antistatic EPDM

424972114

2115Ø 1.5”/38

The multi connection fi ts onto suction casings with outlet diameter 25-35 mm. Cut

off a section at the right diameter (it’s marked in advance with: 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35 mm)

and push on to the multi connection over the tubing of integrated suction casings.

Connection sleeves 2114 or 2115 then fi t to the other end to link the hose.

150

11 Suction Hoses

Page 151: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Ø 2”/50 Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 2”/50 Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.5”/38

6’/15’/2/5 m

6’/2 m

15’5 m 6’/2 m

6’/2 m15’5 m

Hose Sets

Standard suction hose, turnable intermediate sleeve 2”/1.5”/50/38

Part No Description2125 Hose set 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm L = 21’/7 m

2126 Hose set 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm L = 15’ /5 m antistatic

2006 Hose set 1.5”/38 mm L = 6’/2 m

2015 Hose set 1.5”/38 L = 6’/2 m2105 Hose set 1.5”/38 L = 15’*/5 m*

Standard suction hose, turnable intermediate sleeve 2”/1.5”/50/38

Antistatic suction hose, turnableintermediate sleeve 2”/1.5”/50/38

Standard suction hose, turnable intermediate sleeve 2”/1.5”/50/38

Connects to Ø 1.5”/38 suction casing

Connects to Ø 2”/50 suction hose

* Standard suction hose, turnable, non removable connector. (Replacement to standard hose kit.)

*Antistatic is defi ned as having a conductivity of < 106 ΩAntistatic certifi cation (ESD-rated) – please see our antistatic accessories from page 158 onwards. Tested according to Swedish National Testing and Research Institute (SP).** Static conductivity can be compromised by excessive hose wear.

Technical Data on Extaction Hose FittingsDescription Dimension Ø Part No Colour Material Temp °F max/min/ Antistatic Abrasion resistance UV and zone Resistance to Resistance to (in/mm) Temp °C max/min resistance Welding Fume solvent and oil

Coupling socket 3”/2”/76/50 2008* Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 2”/2”/50/50 2107* Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 2”/1.5”/50/38 2108* Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 3”/2”/76/50 (PU)** 2161* Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 Coupling socket 3”/2”/76/50 2162* Blue NBR 248/-76/120/-60 Yes 2 3 3 2Coupling socket 2”/2”/50/50 2129* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 2”/2”/50/50 (PU)** 2158* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 2”/1.5”/50/38 (PU)** 2157* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 2”/1.5”/50/38 2128* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.5”/1.25”/38/32 2133* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.25”/1.25”/32/32 2171* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1Connecting sleeve 1.25”/1.5”/32/38 2132* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.5”/1.5/38/38 (PU)** 2159* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.5”/1.5/38/38 2114* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 2”/2”/50/50 2129* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1”/1”/25/25 2167* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.5”/1.5/38/38 2115* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1Connecting sleeve 1”/1.5”/26/38 2109* Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 1”/1.25”/26/32 2110* Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 .7”/1.25”/17/32 2106* Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4Connecting sleeve 1.25”/1.25”/32/32 2116 Grey PE 45/-45 No 1 2 3 1 1”/1”/25/25 2117 Grey PE 45/-45 No 1 2 3 1Inter, sleeves 2”/1.5”/50/38 2131* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 2”/1.5”/50/38 (PU)** 2160* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1Inter, sleeves 3”/2”/76/50 2100* Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 2”/1.5”/50/38 2120* Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 1.5”/1.25”/38/32 2121* Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 1.25”/1”/32/25 2101* Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4Hose connector 2”/50 2403 Grey PE 45/-45 No 2 2 3 3 1.5”/38 2118 Grey PE 45/-45 No 2 2 3 3 1.25”/32 2119 Grey PE 45/-45 No 2 2 3 3Hose connector 2”/50 2170* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.5”/38 2169* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.25”/32 2168* Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1

Scale: 1 Excellent 2 Good 3 Limited 4 Poor

151

11

11

Suction Hoses

Page 152: Internationalenglish 2015 all

2048

72937294

7292

7358

7464

7399

About Cleaning AccessoriesFor the best results when cleaning, it is necessary to have the right equipment and to use it in the correct way. It is therefore a prerequisite that a variety of diff erent accessories are available for diff erent tasks. 1.25”/32 mm cleaning accessories are recommended when very light tools are required e.g.: offi ce cleaning. 1.5”/38 mm cleaning tools are ideal in most cases, they combine good capacity with ease of handling. Everything is available, from light tools such as wands in aluminium and tools in plastic and rubber to sturdy wear resistant wands in steel and cast aluminium fl oor tools. 2”/50 mm cleaning accessories are used for very heavy cleaning. Aluminium wands, large wheels on the fl oor tools and the ERGO-grip are several of the details which allow the accessories to be used easily despite their size. 3”/76 mm accessories are used for diff erent types of material transport.

Part No Description

2048 Hose set L=24’/8 m w hand pipe7292 Suction brush 1.25”/32 mm7293 Floor Tool 10.5/270 mm P-1.25”/32 mm7294 Chromed Wand 1.25”/32 mm telescopic7358 Suction brush 1.25”/32 mm7399 Flat nozzle, 1.25”/32 mm7464 Rectangle brush 1.25”/32 mm

TECHNICAL DATA

Qnom 90 cfm/150 m3/hpnom 28 inwg/7 kPa

Cleaning Accessories Ø 1.25”/32 mm

152

11 Cleaning Accessories

Page 153: Internationalenglish 2015 all

70387047

7048 7049

7276 7291 73657264

7257 7258 7259

72607261

7035

72137376

7262

7235 72367321

73227323

7278

7275 7263

7297

7300

7374 7398

Cleaning Accessories Ø 1.5”/38 mm

* Antistatic. Please see our antistatic accessories from page 158 onwards.

Part No Description

7035 Chrome Steel hand pipe Ø 1.5”/38 mm, straight7038 Suction Nozzle Ø 1.5”/38 mm7047 Suction Brush B 8”/200 mm7048 Pipe Nozzle RB 4”/100 mm7049 Pipe Nozzle RB 8”/200 mm7213 Chrome Steel Flat Nozzle Ø 1.5”/38 mm L= 16”/400 mm7235* Cast Alu Floor Tool B 15”/370 mm Ø 1.5”/38 mm7236* Cast Alu Floor Tool B 18”/450 Ø 1.5”/38 mm7257* Chrome Steel Wand Ø 1.5”/38 mm7258* SLightweight Alu Wand Ø 1.5”/38 mm7259* Lightwieght Alu Wand Ø 1.5”/38 mm, with wear strip7260 Chrome Steel Wand Extension Ø 1.5”/38 mm, L = 715 mm7261* Alu Wand Extension Ø 1.5”/38 mm, L = 705 mm7262 Chrome Steel hand pipe Ø 1.5”/38 mm curved7263 Brush for 7275, 72787264* Tapered nozzle Ø 1.5”/38 mm7275 Rubber part of suction brush Ø 1.5”/38 mm, 72787276* Tapered nozzle Ø 1.5”/38 mm7278 Suction brush Ø 1.5”/38 mm7291 Flat nozzle Ø 1.5”/38 mm L= 14”/350 mm plastic7297* Crevice nozzle Ø 1.5”/38 mm, B= 8”/200 mm7300 Rubber fl oor tool Ø 1.5” /38 mm7320 Molded Plastic Floor Tool 12.5”/320 mm Ø 1.5”/38 mm,with rubber wiper7321 Molded Plastic Floor Tool 12.5”/320 mm Ø 1.5”/38 mm, with brush7322 Molded Plastic Floor Tool 12.5”/370 mm Ø 1.5”/38 mm, with rubber wiper7323 Molded Plastic Floor Tool 12.5”/370 mm Ø, 1.5”/38 mm, with brush7365* Flat nozzle Ø 1.5”/38 mm L= 14”/350 mm, Antitstatic7374* Brush ESD for 7278E, 7279E7376 Push-Pull Pistol7398 Brush for 7278, 7279, hard, white

TECHNICAL DATA

Floor nozzle;Light applicationsQnom 120 cfm/200 m3/hpnom 20 inwg/5 kPa

Heavy applicationsQnom 150 cfm/250 m3/hpnom 32 inwg/8 kPa

Hand Nozzle;Qnom 150 cfm/250 m3/hpnom 12 inwg/3 kPa

153

11

11

Cleaning Accessories

Page 154: Internationalenglish 2015 all

72667267

72687269

7377

7033

7295

7212

7271

7265

7285

7013

7277

7279

7238

7281

7016

7030

7307

7274

7263

7149

7374 73987147

Cleaning Accessories Ø 2”/50 mm

* Antistatic; Please see our antistatic accessories from page 158 onwards.

Part No Description

7013 Rubber part, fl oor tool Ø 2”/50 mm7016 Suction nozzle with brush7026 Saw blade7030 Suction nozzle Ø 2”/50 mm7033 Chrome Steel Hand pipe Ø 2”/50 mm7147 Brush for 70167149 Chip nozzle D 50 W 70 L 2437212 Chrome Stell Flat toolØ 2”/50 mm L=16”/400 mm7238* Cast Alu Floor Tool B 20”/500 mm A--2”/50 mm7263 Brush for 7274, 72797265 Chrome Steel Wand Ø 2”/50 mm7266 Alu Lightweight Wand Ø 2”/507267 Alu Lightweight Wand Ø 2”/50 mm, wear st7268 Chrome Steel Wand ext Ø 2”/50 mm, L = 710 mm7269 Alu Wand Extension Ø 2”/50 mm, L = 685 mm7271 Chrome Steel hand pipe Ø 2”/50 mm curved7272 Tapered nozzle Ø 2”/50 mm7274 Rubber part, suction brush Ø 2”/50 mm7277* Tapered nozzle Ø 2”/50 mm7279* Suction brush Ø 2”/50 mm7281* Floor nozzle Ø 2”/ 50 mm B 8”/200 mm7285 Handle ERGO-Grip7295 Bulk nozzle Ø 2”/50 mm7307 Gulper Floor Tool Alu7374* Brush ESD for 7278E, 7279E7377 Push Pull Pistol7398 Brush for 7278, 7279, hard, white

ERGO-Grip for better handling, fi ts on all the 2”/50 mm wands and Bulk Nozzle 2”/50 mm.

TECHNICAL DATA

Floor nozzle;Qnom 210 cfm/350 m3/hpnom 32 inwg/8 kPa

Hand Nozzle;Qnom 210 cfm/350 m3/hpnom 12 inwg/3 kPa

154

11 Cleaning Accessories

Page 155: Internationalenglish 2015 all

71267162

7127

7129

7161

Cleaning Accessories Ø 3”/76 mm

Part No Description

7126 Clamp for scraper7127 Scraper for suction lance7129 Handle complete7161 Bulk nozzle Ø 3”/767162 Suction lance Ø 3”/76

155

11

11

Cleaning Accessories

Page 156: Internationalenglish 2015 all

F

D

AB

C

E

E, D

A, B, C

H

D FMFS 5x12

A B

C

E

G

E, D

A, B, C

7115

7146

7046

7116

7108

I

J

Gulper Floor Tool Ø2”/50 mm, Alu

Molded Plastic Floor Tools Ø1.5”/38 mm

B = 12.6” /320 mm B = 14.6 ”/370 mm Set 7320 7321 7322 7323

A Rubber band B 316/288 (2 pcs) 7328 x – 7329 x –B Front brush 7225 – x 7226 – xC Rear brush 7326 – x 7327 – xD Brush holder 7215 x x 7216 x xE Brush holder 7324 x x 7325 x xF Wheel, fl oor nozzle P 40455 x x 40455 x x

Cast Alu Floor Tools Ø1.5”/38 mm, Ø2”/50 mm

Ø 1.5”/38 mm Ø 2”/50 mm B = 14.6”/370 mm B = 17.7” /450 mm B = 19.7” /500 mm Set 7235 7236 7238

A Rubber band* (2 pcs) 7045 x 7014 x 7051 xB Front brush 7222 – 7223 – 7224 –C Rear brush 7225 – 7228 – 7227 –D Brush holder 7216 x 7218 x 7219 xE Brush holder 7215 x 7217 x 7218 xF Cover 370 A 7242 x 7243 x 7244 xG Wheel, fl oor nozzle A 7252 x 7252 x 7252 xH Clampl 7239 x 7240 x 7241 xI Adjusting screw 7253 x 7253 x 7253 xJ Coned connection, antistatic 7335 x 7335 x 7245 x

B = 15.7”/400 mm B = 17.7”/450 mmSet 7307

Rubber moulding (2 pcs) 7108 xBrush B 450/420 7046 xBrush holding moulding 7115 xBrush holding moulding 7116 xWheel kit 7146 x

* Also by the metre, Part No 7058 (50 m)

Spare Parts for Floor Tools

x = standard- = can be changed

156

11 Cleaning Accessories

Page 157: Internationalenglish 2015 all

4149 7148

6098

7150

6005

6610

6616

Part No Description Connection (Ø) (in/mm)

4149 Suction nozzle 2”/506005 Universal nozzle 1.5”/386098 Tubular nozzle 1.5”/386610 Universal nozzle 1.5”/386616 Universal nozzle Ø 50 2”/507148 Funnel shaped nozzle Ø 50 2”/507150 Magnetic holder for 7148, 4149 2”/50

TECHNICAL DATA

Part No Qnom pnom

4149 150 cfm/250 m3/h 6.4inwg/1.6 kPa6005 90 cfm/150 m3/h 6.4inwg/1.6 kPa6098 90 cfm/150 m3/h 15.2 inwg/3.8 kPa6010 90 cfm/150 m3/h 6.4inwg/1.6 kPa6616 250 m3/h 6.4inwg/1.6 kPa7148 150 cfm/250 m3/h 6.4inwg/1.6 kPa9060 90 cfm/150 m3/h 10.8 inwg/2.7 kPa

Welding Accessories/Extraction Nozzles

157

11

11

Welding Accessories

Page 158: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Part No Description Volume/ Capacity Picture DC 1800* DC 2900a DC 3800a/i DC 5900a/i Comments Height

42278-70 Container 20 l/5 gal 40 kg/90 lbs X Is delivered complete with wheels 285 mm undercarriage and fasteners.

40070 Container 40 l/10.5 gal 60 kg/130 lbs X* X X – 402 mm

40409 Container with sight glass 40 l/10.5 gal 60 kg/130 lbs X* X X Steel container with sight glass and 402 mm knockout for drain tap.

40624 Container, stainless 40 l/10.5 gal 60 kg/130 lbs X* X X Stainless steel container for liquids. 402 mm

40412 Container with sight glass 60 l/15.5 gal 60 kg/130 lbs X* (X)** (X)** X Steel container with sight glass and 685 mm knockout for drain tap. The cyclone must be raised to a higher mounting point with the above kit.

42369 Basket for plastic bag X Ensures that the bag can’t get around the fi lter when the machine is used for light material.

4119 Drain tap 40/60 l X X X X The drain tap is mounted on the 40 l with sight glass. R 1/2”

40410 Bottom screen 40/60 l X X X X For fl uid separation; The bottom screen is installed in the bottom and the drain tap is mounted on the container, 40/60 l.

40401 Carrying handles 40 l X X X X Heavy duty carrying handles are installed in place of the standard locking hooks. For 40 l containers.

7313 Emptying car 40/60 l X X X X Emptying cart for easy handling of the container.

42078 Lifter kit 60 l X When the 60 l container is to be used, the cyclone must be raised on the units chassis.

7368 Container 75 l/19.5 gal X

7249 Container with sight glass 90 l/23.5 gal 150 kg/330 lbs X The cyclone is mounted in the higher 700 mm mounting position and the bottom cone is changed.

7314 Container with sight glass, 90 l/23.5 gal 150 kg/330 lbs X The cyclone is mounted in the higher drain tap and bottom screen 700 mm mounting position and the bottom cone is changed.

7248 Emptying cart 90 l X The cart for handling of the 90 l container can also be handled with a fork lift. The container is rotated for emptying.

42079 Bottom cone kit , 90 l, X When the 90 l container the cyclone must incl extension hose be mounted at a higher position on the chassis and the bottom cone changed.

7315 Crane hook 90 l X The crane hook is mounted securely on the 90 l container. The container can be rotated for emptying in the elevated position.

Containers and Accessories Mobile Dust Extractors

* Max 90 lbs/40 kg when fi tted to a DC 1800** Fits to the cyclone but not to the standard chassis 158

11 Containers and Accessories

Page 159: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Description Dimension Ø Part No Colour Material Temp °F max/min/ Antistatic Abrasion UV and zone Resistance to Resistance to (in/mm) Temp °C max/min resistance resistance Welding Fume solvent and oil

Suction hoses antistatic 3”/76 mm 2024E Black PE 113/–40/+45/–40 Yes 2 2 3 3 2”/50 mm 2013E Black PE 113/–40/+45/–40 Yes 2 2 3 3 1.5”/38 mm 2012E Black PE 113/–40/+45/–40 Yes 2 2 3 3 1.25”/32 mm 2005E Black PE 113/–40/+45/–40 Yes 2 2 3 3 1”/25 mm 2025E Black PE 113/–40/+45/–40 Yes 2 2 3 3

Scale: 1 Excellent 2 Good 3 Limited 4 Poor

Ø designates the inside of the hose

Technical Data on Suction Hoses, Antistatic

Suction hoses, antistatic, Ø (in/mm) Part No/m Standard length

3”/76 2024E 30’/10 m

2”/50 2013E 15’, 30’, 50’/5, 10, 15 m

1.5”/38 2012E 15’, 30’, 50’/5, 10, 15 m

1.25”/32 2005E 15’, 30’, 50’/5, 10, 15 m

1”/25 2025E 15’, 30’, 50’/5, 10, 15 m

Antistatic Accessories - ESD certifi cationAccessories with antistatic certifi cation (ESD) according to Swedish National Testing and Research Institute (SP). ESD-protected accessories prevent a risk of ignitionof explosive gases or powders, or of items such as fi reworks. Antistatic is defi ned as having g a conductivity of < 10 6 Ω.

Measured values to ground connection, should be less than 106 Ohm as stated by clause 11 in CENELEC TR 50404:2003, and the measured resistances should be less than 109 Ohm as stated according to sub-clause 7.4.3 a, in EN 60079-0:2009 and 4.2 in CENELEC TR 50404:2003.

• Better fl exibility.• Smoother on the inside for improved air fl ow • Th e conductivity is as good as the previous hose.• Longer life time.• Heat tolerance < 60 degree C

Suction Hoses, antistatic

Multi Connection for Integrated Suction CasingsPart No 42497

Part No Description 42497* Multi connection for intergrated suction casings 2114* Connecting sleeve, turnable 38/382115* Connecting sleeve 38/38

*Antistatic EPDM

42497E2114

2115Ø 1.5”/38

The multi connection fi ts onto suction casings with outlet diameter 25-35 mm. Cut

off a section at the right diameter (it’s marked in advance with: 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35 mm)

and push on to the multi connection over the tubing of integrated suction casings.

Connection sleeves 2114 or 2115 then fi t to the other end to link the hose.

159

11

11

Antistatic Accessories

Page 160: Internationalenglish 2015 all

X 2”/50

Ø 2”/50

2129E

2129E

X 1.5”/38

2114E

2133E

Ø 2”/50

Ø 2”/50

Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.25”/32

2131E Ø 1.5”/38

2129E

2114E

2132E

2114E

2132E

Ø 2”/50

Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.25”/32

Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.25”/32

2128E

Ø 1.25”/32

2171E

X 2”/50

Ø 3”/76

Ø 2”/50

X 1.5”/38

2008E

2107E

2108E

Ø 3”/76 2100E Ø 2”/50

Ø 2”/50 2170E Ø 2”/50 2120E Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.5”/38 2169E Ø 1.5”/38 2121E Ø 1.25”/32

Ø 1.25”/32 2168E Ø 1.25”/32 2101E Ø 1”/25 2167EØ 1”/25

2106E

2110E

Ø .7”/17

Ø 1”/26

2109E

2107E

Ø 1”/26

Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 2”/50

2115E

2115E

see above

Turnable Hose Connectors

Part No Description2008E Coupling socket 3”/2”/76/50 mm2100E Intermediate sleeve 3”/2”/76/50 mm2101E Intermediate sleeve 1.25/1”/32/25mm2106E Connecting sleeve 7”/1.25”/17/32 mm2107E* Coupling socket 2”/2”/50/50 mm

COUPLING SOCKET INTERMEDIATE SLEEVE CONNECTING SLEEVE

Non-Turnable Hose Connectors

Part No Description2132E Connecting sleeve, turnable 1.25”/1.5/32/38 mm2133E Coupling socket, turnable 1.5”/1.25”/38/32 mm2171E Coupling socket, turnable 1.25”/1.25/32/32 mm

COUPLING SOCKET HOSE CONNECTOR CONNECTING SLEEVEINTERMEDIATE SLEEVE

Part No Description2114E Connecting sleeve, turnable 1.5”/1.5”/38/38 mm2128E Coupling socket, turnable 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm2129E Coupling socket, turnable 2”/2”/50/50 mm2131E Intermediate sleeve, turnable 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm

Part No Description2108E Coupling socket 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm2109E Connecting sleeve 1”/1.5”/26/38 mm2110E Connecting sleeve 1”/1.25/26/32 mm2115E* Connecting sleeve 1.5”/1.5”/38/38 mm2120E Intermediate sleeve 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm

Part No Description2121E Intermediate sleeve 1.5/1.25/38/32 mm2167E Connecting sleeve 1”/1”/25/25 mm2168E Hose connector 1.25”/32 mm2169E Hose connector 1.5”/38 mm2170E Hose connector 2”/50 mm

160

11 Antistatic Accessories

Page 161: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Ø 2”/50

2158E

2158E

2157E

Ø 2”/50

Ø 2”/50

Ø 1.5”/38

2160E Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 2”/50

Ø 1.5”/38

Ø 1.5”/38

2158E

2159E

2159E

X 2” /50

Turnable Connectors for Suction Hose; PUCOUPLING SOCKET INTERMEDIATE SLEEVE CONNECTING SLEEVE

Ø 3”/76

2161E

2162E

Ø 2”/50

Ø 2”/50

Non-Turnable Connectors for Suction Hose; PUPart No Description 2157* Coupling socket Ø 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm PU, turnable2158* Coupling socket Ø 2”/2”/50/50 mm PU, turnable2159* Connecting sleeve Ø 1.5”/1.5”/38/38 mm PU, turnable2160* Intermediate sleeve Ø 2”/1.5”/50/38 mm PU, turnable2161* Coupling socket Ø 3”/2”/76/50 mm, EPDM2162* Coupling socket Ø 3”/2”/76/50 mm, Nitrile

see above

see above

Technical Data on Extaction Hose FittingsDescription Dimension Ø Part No Colour Material Temp °F max/min/ Antistatic Abrasion resistance UV and zone Resistance to Resistance to (in/mm) Temp °C max/min resistance Welding Fume solvent and oil

Coupling socket 3”/2”/76/50 2008E Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 2”/2”/50/50 2107E Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 2”/1.5”/50/38 2108E Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 3”/2”/76/50 (PU)** 2161E Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 Coupling socket 3”/2”/76/50 2162E Blue NBR 248/-76/120/-60 Yes 2 3 3 2Coupling socket 2”/2”/50/50 2129E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 2”/2”/50/50 (PU)** 2158E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 2”/1.5”/50/38 (PU)** 2157E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 2”/1.5”/50/38 2128E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.5”/1.25”/38/32 2133E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.25”/1.25”/32/32 2171E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1Connecting sleeve 1.25”/1.5”/32/38 2132E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.5”/1.5/38/38 (PU)** 2159E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.5”/1.5/38/38 2114E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 2”/2”/50/50 2129E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1”/1”/25/25 2167E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.5”/1.5/38/38 2115E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1Connecting sleeve 1”/1.5”/26/38 2109E Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 1”/1.25”/26/32 2110E Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 .7”/1.25”/17/32 2106E Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4Inter, sleeves 2”/1.5”/50/38 2131E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 2”/1.5”/50/38 (PU)** 2160E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1Inter, sleeves 3”/2”/76/50 2100E Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 2”/1.5”/50/38 2120E Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 1.5”/1.25”/38/32 2121E Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4 1.25”/1”/32/25 2101E Black EPDM 284/-76/140/-60 Yes 2 1 2 4Hose connector 2”/50 2170E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.5”/38 2169E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1 1.25”/32 2168E Black PA12 284/-4/140/-20 Yes 1 2 3 1

Scale: 1 Excellent 2 Good 3 Limited 4 Poor 161

11

11

Antistatic Accessories

Page 162: Internationalenglish 2015 all

7276 7264 72357236

72777238

Cleaning Accessories Ø 1.5”/38 mm

Cleaning Accessories Ø 2”/50 mm

gg

7257 7258

7259

7261

All plastic sacks are manufactured in strong LD-polyethylene. Sacks are sold in packs of 50.

Plastic Sacks

7279

7281

72977365 7374

Part No Description

7235E Cast Alu Floor Tool B 15”/370 mm Ø 1.5”/38 mm7236E Cast Alu Floor Tool B 18”/450 Ø 1.5”/38 mm7257E Chrome Steel Wand Ø 1.5”/38 mm7258E SLightweight Alu Wand Ø 1.5”/38 mm7259E Lightwieght Alu Wand Ø 1.5”/38 mm, with wear strip7261E Alu Wand Extension Ø 1.5”/38 mm, L = 705 mm7276E Tapered nozzle Ø 1.5”/38 mm7297E Crevice nozzle Ø 1.5”/38 mm, B= 8”/200 mm7365E Flat nozzle Ø 1.5”/38 mm L= 14”/350 mm, Antitstatic7374E Brush ESD for 7278E, 7279E

TECHNICAL DATA

Floor nozzle;Light applicationsQnom 120 cfm/200 m3/hpnom 20 inwg/5 kPa

Heavy applicationsQnom 150 cfm/250 m3/hpnom 32 inwg/8 kPa

Hand Nozzle;Qnom 150 cfm/250 m3/hpnom 12 inwg/3 kPa

Part No Description

7238E Cast Alu Floor Tool B 20”/500 mm A--2”/50 mm7277E Tapered nozzle Ø 2”/50 mm7279E Suction brush Ø 2”/50 mm7281E Floor nozzle Ø 2”/ 50 mm B 8”/200 mm

TECHNICAL DATA

Floor nozzle;Qnom 210 cfm/350 m3/hpnom 32 inwg/8 kPa

Hand Nozzle;Qnom 210 cfm/350 m3/hpnom 12 inwg/3 kPa

Plastic sacks, model Antistatic Volume (gal/litre) Size (in/mm)

Single-phase dust extractors

DC 2800 H Asbestos 42384 5 gal/20 l 14” x 27.5”/360 x 700 mm

Stationary dust extractors

S 11000 42111 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 33.5”/700 x 850 mm/ 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x1100 mm

S 21000 42111 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

S 32000 42111 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

S 34000 42111 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

S 34000X 42111 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

Pre-separators

DCF Mobil 42111 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

F 20000 42111 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

F 30000 42111 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

Bag strap, Part No 4313, 1 m, Part No 4613, 1.5 m.* Sacks are sold in packs of 10162

11 Antistatic Accessories

Page 163: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Th e suction casing is the key to an eff ective source extraction system, it must be light weight and well designed while at the same time effi cient at capturing the dust. Dustcontrol’s suction case kits include a variety of clamping rings and spacers to give you fl exibility when fi tting to diff erent hand power tools.

TECHNICAL DATA Con. Q nom p nom

Small hand-held tools ø1.25”/32 mm 90 cfm/150 m3/h 14 inwg/3.5 kPa

Hand-held tools ø1.5”/38 mm 120 cfm/200 m3/h 14 inwg/3.5 kPa

Large hand-held tools e.g. 9”

depressed centre disc ø1.5”/38 mm 150 cfm /250 m3/h 20 inwg/5.0 kPa

Capture dust at the source.

163

11

11

Suction Casings

Page 164: Internationalenglish 2015 all

1 2 3

Measure the diameter of the disc. Measure the diameter of the mounting collar on the machine - ØD

and the height of the machine - H.

Suction Casing Kit for Depressed Center Wheels, Abrasive Discs and Diamond Discs (N,K):

Connection Ø

Note: The disc has tobe thinner than 18 mm.

Model Size of the disc H (in/mm) Hose connection, Ø (in/mm) Part No

Atlas Copco GTG 40 FO66-23 9’’ 1.6”/41 1.5”/38 6805*Georges Renault KL 365 9’’ 2.3/59 1.5”/38 6388*

Model specifi c suction casings

*With the clamping rings welded on the suction casings.* *Some Hitachi machines have a Ø1.6 /40 mm conical neck. With these it is necessary to buy an aluminium ring (Part No 6270). When mounted on the machine this aluminium ring enlarges the ØD of the machine to 2”/50 mm – therefore choose suction casing package 5’’ – Part No 6678.

Disc Diameter Ø D (in/mm) H (in/mm) Hose connection, Ø (in/mm) Part No

4 ½’’ (115 mm) 1.6”–1.9”/40–49 1.2”–1.8”/31–46 1.25”/32 66765’’ (125 mm) 1.6”–1.8”/40–45 1.2”–1.8”/31–46 1.25”/32 6677**5’’ (125 mm) 1.8”–2.1”/46–53 1.2”–1.8”/31–46 1.25”/32 66787’’ (175 mm) 2.4”–2.6” & 2.9”–3”/62–65 & 74–77 1.2”–2”/31–51 1.5”/38 66799’’* 4.4”/112 1.5”/37 1.5”/38 6221*9’’ 2.7”/68 2”/51 1.5”/38 6202*9’’ 2.9”/74 2.1”/54 1.5”/38 6302*9’’ 2.9”/74 1.5”/37 1.5”/38 6349*9’’ 2”/50 1.9”/47 1.5”/38 6500*9’’ 2.4”/62 2.1”/54 1.5”/38 6416*9’’ 2.4”/62 2”/50 1.5”/38 6438*9’’ 2.4”/62 1.9”/48 1.5”/38 6555*9’’ 2.6”/65 1.6”/40 1.5”/38 6842*9’’ 2.5”/64 2”/52 1.5”/38 6427* 2.3”/58 2.1”/54 1.5”/38 6537*

164

11Suction Casings

Page 165: Internationalenglish 2015 all

1 2 3

Suction Casing Kit for Diamond Cup Wheels (D):

Measure the diameter of the disc. Measure the diameter of the mounting collar on the machine - ØD

and the height of the machine - H.

Disc Diameter Ø D (in/mm) H (in/mm) Hose connection, Ø (in/mm) Part No

4 ½’’ (115 mm) 1.6”–1.9”/40–49 1.9”–2.1”/49–54 1.25”/32 66815’’ (125 mm) 1.6”–1.9”/40–49 1.9”–2.8”/49–70 1.25”/32 66825’’ (125 mm) 2”/50 1.5”–2.4”/38–61 1.25”/32 66737’’ (175 mm) 2.1”–2.4”/54–61 2.5”–2.8”/63–72 1.5”/38 66837’’ (175 mm) 2.4”–2.6” & 2.9”–3” / 62–65 & 74–77 2.5”–3.4”/63–86 1.5”/38 6684

165

11

11

Suction Casings

Page 166: Internationalenglish 2015 all

1 2

3

Suction Casing Kit for Sanding Discs (F):

Disc Diameter Ø D (in/mm) H (in/mm) Part No Connection Ø (in/mm)

1½–3’’ (38–75 mm) 1.1”/27 * 6833* 1.25”/324’’ (100 mm) 1.6”–1.9”/40–49 1.5”–1.7”/39–44 6670 1.25”/324 ½’’ (115 mm) 1.6”–1.9”/40–49 1.5”–1.9”/39–48 6671 1.25”/325’’ (125 mm) 1.6”–1.9”/40–49 1.5”–1.9”/39–48 6672 1.25”/325’’ (125 mm) 2”/50 1.5”–2.1”/38–61 6673 1.25”/327’’ (175 mm) 2.1”–2.4”/54–61 2”–2.3”/50–59 6674 1.5”/387’’ (175 mm) 2.4”–2.6” & 2.9”–3”/62–65 & 74–77 2”–2.9”/50–73 6675 1.5”/38

* Some Hitachi machines have a Ø1.6”/40 mm conical neck. With these it is necessary to buy an aluminium ring (Part No 6270). When mounted on the machine this aluminium ring enlarges the ØD of the machine to 2”/50 mm – therefore choose suction casing package 5’’ N, K – Part No 6678.

Measure the diameter of the disc. Measure the diameter of the mounting collar on the machine - ØD

and the height of the machine - H.

1 23

Measure the diameter of the cup. Measure the diameter of the mounting collar on the machine - ØD

and the height of the machine - H.

Suction Casing Kit for Abrasive Cup Stone (S):

Cup Diameter Ø D (in/mm) H (in/mm) Connection, Ø (in/mm) Part No

5’’ (125 mm) 2”–3”/50–77 1.8”–3.2”/46–81 1.5”/38 6680

Model specifi c suction casings

Model Size of the disc Connection, Ø (in/mm) Part No

Bosch 6” (150 mm) 1.5”/38 6023

Atlas Copco GTG 40 S060 6” (150 mm) 1.5”/38 6353

166

11Suction Casings

Page 167: Internationalenglish 2015 all

6621

6001

7033

6622

6077 6078

Hammer Drills, Chisels and Breakers

Part No 6622 is perfect for small chisel hammers – and hammer drills.Part No 6077 is perfect for small chisel hammers.

Bellow to Part No 6078, 6622 and 6621

Tool connection Ø D (in/mm) Hose connection (in/mm) Height (in/mm) Part No

2.4”/61 1.5”/38 7”/178 60781.9”/48 1.5”/38 6.2”/158 66211.7”/43 1.5”/38 6.2”/158 66221.25”/32 1.25”/32 4.4”/112 6077– 2”/50 3.9”/100 6001Bellow to part no 6078, 6621, 6622 6130

Suction casings B, H, M, L

Model Hose connection Ø D (in/mm) Part No

Atlas Copco RRD 37/RRD 57 1.5”/38 6229Atlas Copco BBD 11/RRC73 1.5”/38 6152

Model specifi c suction casingsNote: For longer points or hammer drill bits, use two or more bellows, Part No 6130. These will slip on to each other.

6130

167

11

11

Suction Casings

Page 168: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Please refer to the back page of this catalogue to fi nd the telephone, fax number or e-mail address for your local Dustcontrol rep.It is important that measurements should be taken as accurately as possible to avoid incorrect selections, e.g. with a Vernier Caliper.

Message to: ......................................................

From : .............................................................

Th is message contains .............. page (s) in total

Machine Model Type

D d H h A B M

DDiamond Cup Grinding Disc

N, K.Depressed Center Disc, Abrasive

discs or Diamond Cup Wheels

SAbrasive Cup Stone

FSanding Disc

Information Fax Back FormIn this catalogue, we have included suction casings for the most common power tool types and manufacturers. If you do not fi nd the suction casings here for your tool, send us the dimensions according to the table (diagram) below or call your local representative.

Reciprocating Saw

LEGEND

F Sanding disc D Diamond Cup Wheel N Depressed Centre disc K Abrasive disc, Diamond Cup wheel S Abrasive Cup stonel

Hose connection (in/mm) Part No Machine model

1.25”/32 6290 Atlas Copco SSE 1000 X/SQ/, Milwaukee 65xx-xx (Sawzall)

Suction casings C

Hose connection (in/mm) Part No Machine model1.25”/32 6269 Milwaukee 6378

Circular Saw

168

11Suction Casings

Page 169: Internationalenglish 2015 all

D1

H

H

H

H

H

D2D1

D2

D1

D2

D1

D2

D1

D2

Description Dimension Part no

D1 D2 H in/mm in/mm in/mm

Plastic ring for 5S 4.8”/121 5.5”/139 2”/50 6003saucer grinder 6S 5.8”/147 6.5”/164 2”/50 6004

1 ½ F 1.5”/39 2.3”/59 .9”/23 6314 2 F 1.5”/39 2.7”/69 .9”/23 6313 3 F 1.5”/39 3.7”/95 1” /25 6312Rubber collar for 4 F 2.8”/72 4.6”/117 .5”/13 6182fi bre disc (F) 4 ½ F 2.8”/72 5.3”/135 .5”/13 6181 4 ½ F 2.8”/72 5.3”/135 .9”/23 618100 5 F 2.8”/72 5.7”/145 .5”/13 6195

Rubber collar for 5 F 3.8”/96 5.9”/150 .6”/15 6006fi bre disc (F)

Rubber collar for 5 O 2.8”/72 5.7”/145 1.5”/38 6212osc. sanding 6 O 3.8”/96 6.7”/170 1.1”/28 6180machine

Rubber collar for 7 F 4.4”/112 7.7”/196 .7”/19 6002fi bre disc (F) 7 F 4.4”/112 7.7”/196 1.4”/35 6034 8 F 4.4”/112 8.7”/221 1.6”/41 6211 9 F 4.5”/113 10”/250 1.25”32 6039

Suction Casing, consumable parts

169

11

11

Suction Casings

Page 170: Internationalenglish 2015 all

170

11Suction Casings

Page 171: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Customized Suction CasingsDustcontrol can customize the suction casing to suit the production process.

Robot deburring for telecom parts.

Suction casing mounted on slitter knife in printing press.

Suction casing mounted on slitter knife in printing press. Suction casing mounted on slitter knife in printing press.

Food packaging industry.

171

11

11

Suction Casings

Page 172: Internationalenglish 2015 all

Conical pleated fi lter with sealing fl ange.

Cylindrical pleated fi lter with bayonet mounting.

Conical pleated fi lter with sealing fl ange and a fi lter-protective jacket. The HEPA fi lter is mounted inside the fi ne fi lter.

FiltersCellulose Fine FilterGood quality standard fi lter with high fi ltration effi ciency. Epoxy treated for resistance to humidity and other elements.

Polyester Fine FilterHigh quality fi lter material with exceptional resistance to most elements. Particularly suitable to high humidity applications such as machine and tool shops where cutting and cooling fl uids are used. Filter can be washed.

HEPA FilterTh e HEPA fi lter is made of fi breglass material with a support layer of cellulose. Filtration effi ciency is 99.995% EN 60335. Note: When changing fi lters the gasket of the fi lter holder has to be checked and cleaned.Leakage is not permitted in Asbestos applications.

In applications requiring special fi lter materials, standard fi lter confi gurations can be ordered with alternative materials.

DC 1800, DC 2900

Part No Description Construction Material Area (ft2 /m2 ) Classifi cation Max temp (°F /°C)42029 Fine fi lter Pleated around support cyl. Cellulose, epoxy treated 16.2/1.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 176/8042029ST Fine fi lter, 48 pcs Cellulose42028 Fine fi lter Pleated Polyester 16.2/1.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 203/9542027 HEPA H13 fi lter Pleated Cellulose, fi breglass 7.5/0.7 HEPA H13 176/80

DC 3800a, DC 3800c, DC 3800c Turbo, DC 3800 Turbo EX , DC 3800c Twin, DC 3800 TR S, DC 3800i, DC 3800 Stationary

Part No Description Construction Material Area (ft2 /m2 ) Classifi cation Max temp (°F /°C)42026 Fine fi lter Pleated around support cyl. Cellulose, epoxy treated 26.9/2.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 176/8042026ST Fine fi lter, 24 pcs Cellulose42025 Fine fi lter Pleated around support cyl. Polyester 26.9/2.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 203/9542025ST Fine fi lter, 24 pcs Polyester4202501 Fine fi lter Pleated around support cyl. Polyester 26.9/2.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 176/8042465 Fine fi lter PTFE Pleated around support cyl. Polyester PTFE 26.9/2.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 203/9542024 HEPA H13 fi lter Pleated Cellulose, fi breglass 15.1/1.40 HEPA H13 176/8042398 Fine fi lter Pleated around support cyl. Polyester 26.9/2.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 203/95

DC 5900a/c 4 kW, DC 5800a/c 9.2 kW S /P, DC 5900a/c PTFE, DC 5800i, DC 5800 TR, S 11000, S 21000, S 32000, S 34000, DC 11-Module

Part No Description Construction Material Area (ft2 /m2 ) Classifi cation Max temp (°F /°C)429203 Fine fi lter PTFE Pleated around support cyl. Polyester PTFE 53.8/5.0 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 266/130429204 Fine fi lter Pleated around support cyl Polyester 53.8/5.0 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 266/1304292 Fine fi lter Pleated around support cyl. Polyester 90.4/8.4 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 266/1304422 HEPA H13 fi lter, TR (installed under top cover) Pleated around support cyl. Cellulose, fi breglass 25.0/2.32 HEPA H13 176/804284 Fine fi lter S 34000X Pleated around support cyl. Polyester 129.6/12 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 266/130428402 Fine fi lter antistatic S 34000 Pleated around support cyl. Polyester 129.6/12 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 266/130429206 Fine fi lter antistatic Pleated around support cyl. Polyester 90.4/8.4 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 266/13042807 HEPA H13 fi lter Pleated around support cyl. Cellulose, fi breglass 40.0/3.72 HEPA H13 176/8042869 HEPA H13 fi lter Pleated around support cyl. Cellulose, fi breglass 29.5/2.74 HEPA H13 176/80

Air Cleaners: DC AirCube 2000/DC AirCube 500

Part No Description Construction Material Area (ft2 /m2 ) Classifi cation Max temp (°F /°C)42619 Pre-fi lter, DC AirCube 2000 (old) Carpet Polyester 6.5/0.6 G4 122/5042690 Pre-fi lter, DC AirCube 500 Pleated Carpet Polyester 1.9/0.18 G3 176/8042692 HEPA H13 fi lter, DC AirCube 500 Pleated Cellulose, fi breglass 49.1/4.56 HEPA H13 176/8042896 HEPA H13 fi lter, DC AirCube 2000 Pleated around support Cellulose, fi breglass 101.4/9.42 HEPA H13 122/5042917 Pre-fi lter, DC AirCube 2000 Pleated Carpet Polyester 5.4/0.5 G3 122/5042918 Pre-fi lter, DC AirCube 1200 Pleated Carpet Polyester 3.9/0.36 G3 122/5042940 HEPA H13 fi lter, DC AirCube 1200 Pleated Cellulose, fi breglass 59.09/5.49 HEPA H13 176/80

172

11Consumables

Page 173: Internationalenglish 2015 all

42029 42028 42027 42026 42025 42024 4292 4889 404901 4133 408801 408803 4916

Filters for Earlier models

DC 2500i, DC 2500, DC 2500 Twin

Part No Description Construction Material Area (ft2 /m2 ) Classifi cation Max temp (°F /°C4889 Fine fi lter cylindric Pleated Polyester 15.1/1.4 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 266/130404901 Fine fi lter cylindric Pleated around support cyl. Cellulosa 16.2/1.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 158/704821 HEPA H13 fi lter Pleated Cellulose, fi breglass 16.2/1.5 HEPA H13 158/704133 HEPA H13 fi lter (installed in the fi ne fi lter) Pleated around support cyl. Cellulose, fi breglass 5.4/0.5 HEPA H13 176/80

DC 2700c, DC 2700i From serial number 2527595, the DC 2700c and the DC 2700i can be equipped with a separate HEPA-fi lter (Part No. 42027). Older models shall be equipped with a single HEPA combifi lter., DC 2800a/c, DC 2800c RentalPart No Description Construction Material Area (ft2 /m2 ) Classifi cation Max temp (°F /°C42029 Fine fi lter Pleated around support cyl. Cellulose, epoxy treated 16.2/1.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 176/8042029ST Fine fi lter, 48 pcs Cellulose42028 Fine fi lter Pleated Polyester 16.2/1.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 203/95

DC 3500, DC 3500 TR, DC 3500 Stationary, DC 5500, DC 5500i

Part No Description Construction Material Area (ft2 /m2 ) Classifi cation Max temp (°F /°C408801 Fine fi lter conic Pleated Polyester 16.2/1.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 266/130408803 Fine fi lter Pleated Cellulose 16.2/1.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 176/80408804 Fine fi lter DC 3500 TR Pleated Polyester 17.2/1.6 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 266/1304821 HEPA H13 fi lter, DC 3500 TR Pleated Cellulose, fi breglass 16.2/1.5 HEPA H13 158/704366 HEPA H13 fi lter, DC 3500 (installed on exhaust) Pleated around support cyl. Cellulose, fi breglass 15.1/1.4 HEPA H13 176/804422 HEPA H13 fi lter, DC 5500 5 kW (installed under top cover) Pleated around support cyl. Cellulose, fi breglass 24.8/2.3 HEPA H13 176/80

DC 3500i, DC 5700c, DC 5800 a/c 5 kW, DC 5800 a/c PTFE

Part No Description Construction Material Area (ft2 /m2 ) Classifi cation Max temp (°F /°C4916 Fine fi lter conic Pleated Polyester 16.2/1.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 266/1304917 Combi-fi lter DC 3500i (Fine fi lter + HEPA H13 fi lter) Pleated Cellulose, fi breglass 16.2/1.5 HEPA H13 176/804422 HEPA H13 fi lter DC 5700 5 kW (installed under top cover) Pleated around support cyl. Cellulosa, fi breglass 24.8/2.3 HEPA H13 176/80

DC 3700c

Part No Description Construction Material Area (ft2 /m2 ) Classifi cation Max temp (°F /°C42026 Fine fi lter Pleated around support cyl. Cellulose, epoxy treated 26.9/2.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 176/80 42025 Fine fi lter Pleated Polyester 26.9/2.5 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 203/95

Air Cleaners DC 380/DC 1500/DC AirCube/DC AirCube Rental/DC AirCube X2

Part No Description Construction Material Area (ft2 /m2 ) Classifi cation Max temp (°F /°C4080 Pre-fi lter, DC 380 Carpet, single ply Polyester 1.08/0.1 G4 212/1004669 Pre-fi lter, DC 1500 Carpet, single ply Polyester 3.2/0.3 IEC EN 60335-2-69 Part 1 212/1004079 Combi-fi lter (Fine fi lter + HEPA H13 fi lter), DC 380 Cartridge, pleated Fibreglass 50.9/4.7 HEPA H13 248/12042136 Combi-fi lter (Fine fi lter + HEPA H13 fi lter) Cartridge, pleated Cellulose, fi breglass 56.1/5.2 HEPA H13 176/804667 Combi-fi lter (Fine fi lter + HEPA H13 fi lter), DC 1500 Cartridge, pleated Fibreglass 171.7/15.9 HEPA H13 248/120

Some of our most common fi lters

173

11

11

Consumables

Page 174: Internationalenglish 2015 all

All plastic sacks are manufactured in strong LD-polyethylene.

Plastic Sacks

Plastic sacks, model Standard Antistatic/ESD Volume (gal/litre) Size (in/mm)

Single-phase dust extractors

DC 1800 42291*/ 4 gal/15 l 21.7” x 21.7”/550 x 550 mm

DC 2900c 42702 Intellibag*/ 5 gal/20 l 17.7” x 24.4”/450 x 620 mm

DC 2800 H Asbestos 42285 42384 5 gal/20 l 14” x 27.5”/360 x 700 mm

DC 3900c 43619 10.5 gal/40 l 19.7” x 33.5”/500 x 850 mm

DC 3900 L, 4 x 20 m 432177 - D = 360

Three-phase dust extractors

DC 3800c Turbo 4314**/ 10.5 gal/40 l 19.7” x 33.5”/500 x 850 mm

DC 3800c Twin Turbo 4314**/ 10.5 gal/40 l 19.7” x 33.5”/500 x 850 mm

DC 5900c 46145 Intellibag*/ 15.5 gal/60 l 25.2 x 39.4/640 x 1000 mm

DC 5900 L 4 x 20 m 432177 - D = 360

Compressed air dust extractors

DC 3800 TR S 4314**/ 10.5 gal/40 l 19.7” x 33.5”/500 x 850 mm

DC 5800 TR 4714**/ 42111**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

Stationary dust extractors

S 11000 4714**/ 42111**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

S 21000 4714**/ 42111**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

S 32000 4714**/ 42111**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

S 34000 4714**/ 42111**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

S 34000X 4714**/ 42111**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

DC 3800 Stationary 4314**/ 10.5 gal/40 l 19.7” x 33.5”/500 x 850 mm

DC 11-Module 4714**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

Pre-separators

DC F 60 42285 5 gal/20 l 14” x 27.5”/360 x 700 mm

DC F 2800 42702 Intellibag*/ 5 gal/20 l 17.7” x 24.4”/450 x 620 mm

DC F 2500 42702 Intellibag*/ 5 gal/20 l 17.7” x 24.4”/450 x 620 mm

DC F 3500 4314**/ 10.5 gal/40 l 19.7” x 33.5”/500 x 850 mm

DC F Mobil 4714**/ 42111**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

F 8000 4714**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

F 11000 4714**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

F 20000 4714**/ 42111**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

F 30000 4714**/ 42111**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

Old dust extractors

DC 2500 42702 Intellibag*/ 5 gal/20 l 17.7” x 24.4”/450 x 620 mm

DC 2500 Twin 4314**/ 10.5 gal/40 l 19.7” x 33.5”/500 x 850 mm

DC 2700c 42702 Intellibag*/ 5 gal/20 l 17.7” x 24.4”/450 x 620 mm

DC 2800c 42702 Intellibag*/ 5 gal/20 l 17.7” x 24.4”/450 x 620 mm

DC 2800c Rental 42702 Intellibag*/ 5 gal/20 l 17.7” x 24.4”/450 x 620 mm

DC 3500 4314**/ 10.5 gal/40 l 19.7” x 33.5”/500 x 850 mm

Dc 3800c 4314**/ 10.5 gal/40 l 19.7” x 33.5”/500 x 850 mm

DC 5500 4714**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

DC 5800c 4714**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

DC 11000 4714**/ 23 gal/90 l 27.5” x 43.3”/700 x 1100 mm

Bag strap, Part No 4313, 1 m, Part No 4613, 1.5 m.

*/ Sacks are sold in packs of 10

**/ Sacks are sold in packs of 50

174

11Consumables

Page 175: Internationalenglish 2015 all
Page 176: Internationalenglish 2015 all